WO2023226645A1 - 通信方法、通信系统及电子设备 - Google Patents

通信方法、通信系统及电子设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023226645A1
WO2023226645A1 PCT/CN2023/089700 CN2023089700W WO2023226645A1 WO 2023226645 A1 WO2023226645 A1 WO 2023226645A1 CN 2023089700 W CN2023089700 W CN 2023089700W WO 2023226645 A1 WO2023226645 A1 WO 2023226645A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
rescue
signal
electronic device
mode
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/089700
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2023226645A9 (zh
Inventor
孙晓宇
Original Assignee
荣耀终端有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 荣耀终端有限公司 filed Critical 荣耀终端有限公司
Priority to EP23810719.7A priority Critical patent/EP4387292A1/en
Publication of WO2023226645A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023226645A1/zh
Publication of WO2023226645A9 publication Critical patent/WO2023226645A9/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/90—Services for handling of emergency or hazardous situations, e.g. earthquake and tsunami warning systems [ETWS]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0229—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal where the received signal is a wanted signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0235—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal where the received signal is a power saving command
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/14—Direct-mode setup
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of terminal technology, and in particular to communication methods, communication systems and electronic devices.
  • the purpose of this application is to provide communication methods, communication systems and electronic devices.
  • the electronic device can control the proportion of time the electronic device uses to transmit signals, listen for signals, and sleep according to the working mode selected by the user, and establish communication connections with other electronic devices in different working modes by planning the working cycle of the electronic device. ; While saving the power of electronic devices, it can effectively overcome the situation where two electronic devices cannot successfully establish a link due to periodic work synchronization, and improve the success rate of link establishment between electronic devices and other devices.
  • the present application provides a communication method.
  • the method is applied to a first terminal.
  • the method includes: receiving a user's operation instruction, determining and activating the rescue mode of the first terminal, and the rescue mode includes: Low power consumption distress mode and powerful distress mode; the first terminal and the second terminal establish a first network link; wherein the second terminal is in the basic rescue mode or the powerful rescue mode; within the same working time, the The power consumption of the first terminal operating in the low-power distress mode is less than that of the powerful distress mode; the power consumption of the second terminal operating in the basic rescue mode is less than that of the powerful distress mode. Power consumption when working in rescue mode.
  • the first terminal may be called a rescue terminal, and the second terminal may be called a rescue terminal; and in this method, the first terminal may call for help in a low power consumption rescue mode or a powerful rescue terminal.
  • the low-power distress mode it can be called a low-power distress terminal; when it works in the powerful distress mode, it can be called a powerful distress terminal.
  • the second terminal can work in the basic rescue mode or the powerful rescue mode.
  • it works in the basic rescue mode it can be called a basic rescue terminal; when it works in the powerful rescue mode, it can It is called a powerful rescue terminal.
  • the first terminal in the low-power distress mode can perform work processes such as listening for signals and sleeping, and in the powerful distress mode
  • the first terminal can perform work processes such as listening to signals, sending signals, and sleeping; it can be understood that compared with continuous sending and receiving signals, the first terminal and the second terminal in this method adjust their under-construction links (i.e. The proportion of time used to transmit signals, listen for signals, and sleep during the process of establishing a communication connection can effectively reduce the power consumption of the two terminals during the link establishment process and prevent the two terminals from running out of power before the link establishment. Link building failed.
  • the biggest difference between the two working modes of the rescue terminal (i.e., low-power rescue mode and powerful rescue mode) and the two working modes of the rescue terminal (i.e., basic rescue mode and powerful rescue mode) is that outside the terminal The proportion of signaling time in its entire working cycle.
  • the low-power distress mode the first terminal will not send out a distress signal
  • the basic rescue mode the second terminal will not send out a rescue signal (but it may A sync signal will be sent). Because the power consumed by the terminal for listening to signals within the same period of time is much less than the power consumed by the terminal for sending outgoing signals.
  • the power consumption of the first terminal when operating in the low-power distress mode is less than the power consumption of operating in the powerful distress mode; the second terminal operates in the basic rescue mode.
  • the power consumption of operating in this mode is less than the power consumption of operating in the strong rescue mode.
  • the first network link may be used to construct a communication network between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the communication network can support direct communication between the two nodes of the first terminal and the second terminal. That is, when communicating, neither the first terminal nor the second terminal needs to resort to a cellular network or wireless network. Network and other local area networks or wide area networks complete the communication process between the two.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in the strong distress mode, the first terminal alternately sends the first signal and listens to the second signal with a first duration as a period.
  • the second signal sent by the terminal includes at least two groups of first terminals that alternately perform listening and transmitting operations in each cycle; the interval between the two groups of first terminals that alternately perform listening and transmitting operations is The second duration is less than the sum of the duration required by the first terminal to send the first signal and listen to the second signal; the first signal and the second signal are used to communicate with the first terminal.
  • the second terminal establishes the first network link; when the first terminal is in the low-power distress mode, the first terminal listens to whether there is the third message sent by the second terminal in the environment.
  • the first terminal performs listening for a third time period; if it does not listen, the first terminal listens again at a fourth time interval and an offset of the fifth time period from the time when the listening ends. Whether the second signal exists in the environment until the first terminal listens to the second signal.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal in this method adjust the time they use to transmit signals, listen for signals, and sleep during the process of link establishment (that is, establishing a communication connection).
  • the ratio can effectively reduce the power consumption of the two terminals during the link establishment process, and prevent the two terminals from running out of power before the link establishment, causing the link establishment to fail.
  • both terminals have a dormant period during the link establishment process, and the first terminal and the second terminal may be in a state of synchronously listening to signals or synchronously sending signals; for example, if the first terminal is listening to signals synchronously, During the process of listening to signals (or sending signals), the second terminal is also in the listening state (or sending signals) or in the sleep state, then the first terminal will not be able to successfully listen to the second terminal.
  • the second signal is sent, a communication link cannot be successfully established between the two terminals; if the period of the first terminal listening to the signal is the same as the period of the second terminal sending the first signal, then the The first terminal and the second terminal can The communication link cannot be successfully established.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in the strong distress mode, the first terminal can perform at least two sets of alternate listening and sending operations in each working cycle, and these two sets of There is an offset duration (i.e., the second duration) for the operation of alternate listening and sending, and the offset duration is less than the duration required by the first terminal to listen to the first signal and send the second signal. Sum.
  • the offset duration i.e., the second duration
  • the second terminal when the second terminal works in the strong rescue mode, if within a certain period, it alternately listens and sends signals in the first period and the first terminal alternately listens and sends signals in the first period,
  • the time period for sending signals is the same (that is, when the first terminal is sending the second signal, the second terminal is also sending the first signal, and when the first terminal is listening to the first signal, the second terminal is also listening for the signal), then because The first terminal will offset the period of listening and sending the signal during the second period of alternately listening and sending the signal, and the first terminal will alternately listen and send the signal during the second period. Such operations will not be performed.
  • the two terminals can successfully establish a communication connection.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in the low-power distress mode, when the first terminal fails to detect the first signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal The time when the listening ends is separated by a third period of time and offset by a fourth period of time to listen again to see if there is the first signal sent by the second terminal in the environment until the first signal sent by the second terminal is detected. .
  • the offset of the fourth duration may be that the first terminal enters the sleep state at the moment when the listening ends, and then continues to sleep for the fourth duration after sleeping for the third duration. In this way, it can be avoided that the time when the first terminal listens to a signal is staggered with the time when the second terminal sends a signal, saving the power energy of the first terminal and the second terminal while ensuring that the two terminals can successfully establish chain.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal establish a first network link, including: the first terminal detects the third message in the strong rescue mode. After the second signal is sent by the two terminals, a response signal is replied to the second terminal; when the second terminal accesses the channel under the instruction of the response signal, the first terminal communicates with the second terminal.
  • the terminal establishes the first network link;
  • the second signal is a second request signal for requesting to establish a communication connection with the first terminal; or the first terminal listens to the second terminal sending After the second signal, an access request is sent to the second terminal on the channel indicated by the second signal; when the second terminal responds to the access request, the first terminal communicates with the The second terminal establishes the first network link;
  • the second signal is a synchronization signal sent by the second terminal; or, the first signal sent by the first terminal in the strong distress mode After being heard by the second terminal, the first terminal accesses the channel under the instruction of the response signal returned by the second terminal, and the first terminal establishes the first network with the second terminal.
  • Link the first signal is a first request signal sent by the first terminal for requesting to establish a communication connection with the second terminal.
  • the second terminal may be a synchronization node or a master node, and the second terminal may be in a basic rescue mode, which periodically sends synchronization signals to the outside and listens to the first signal. ;
  • the second terminal may also be a terminal in a strong rescue mode, which periodically sends out a synchronization signal or the second request signal and listens to the first signal. Therefore, in this embodiment, the second signal may be a synchronization signal or a second request signal sent by the second terminal.
  • the first request signal and the second request signal may also be called an emergency rescue link establishment request frame (the second request signal here and the first request signal sent by the first terminal
  • the frame format is different, please refer to the subsequent relevant instructions for details, which will not be described here).
  • the first terminal After the first terminal listens to the second request signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal can reply with a response signal and listen on all subsequent access channels and emergency rescue channels.
  • the first terminal can calculate the positions of the access channel and the rescue channel, and initiate random access on the access channel and the rescue channel to complete link establishment.
  • the open system authentication method is used between the two terminals, including the two steps of open system access request and access response, and no authentication is required.
  • the first terminal may send an access request on the random access channel indicated by the synchronization signal, and an open request is adopted between the two terminals.
  • the system authentication method includes two steps: open system access request and access response, and does not require authentication. After the second terminal responds to the access request, the first network link can be established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the second terminal can reply with a response signal and perform the following on all access channels and emergency rescue channels. Listening; in some embodiments of this application, the response signal may also be called an emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • the second terminal can calculate the positions of the access channel and the rescue channel, and initiate random access on the access channel and the rescue channel to complete link establishment.
  • the open system authentication method is used between the two terminals, including the two steps of open system access request and access response, and no authentication is required.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in the strong distress mode, the first terminal sends a first signal and listens to the second terminal with a first duration as a period.
  • the second signal sent includes: within the corresponding first period in each cycle, the first terminal continuously alternately sends the first signal and listens to the second signal for a sixth duration; if the The first terminal fails to listen to the second signal within the first period, and the second terminal fails to receive the first signal within the first period, then the first terminal Entering the sleep state at the end of the first period, after the second period, during the corresponding second period in each cycle, the first terminal continuously alternates sending the first signal and listening.
  • the second signal lasts for a seventh duration; when the first terminal is in the low-power distress mode, the first terminal listens again at a fourth duration and offset by a fifth duration from the time when the listening ends. Listening to whether there is the second signal in the environment includes: the first terminal enters a sleep state at the moment when the listening ends; after the fourth time period and the fifth time period, the first terminal starts from The sleep state wakes up and listens again to see whether the second signal exists in the environment.
  • the duration for which the first terminal performs listening is the third duration.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in the strong distress mode, if the first terminal fails to monitor the first signal in the first period, and the second terminal fails to monitor the first signal in the first period, Upon receiving the second signal within a period of time, the first terminal will enter a sleep state at the end of each listening time. In the sleep state, the first terminal will no longer listen for signals and send. Until the eighth duration passes and the dormancy ends, the first terminal again continuously alternately listens to the first signal and sends the second signal. This can avoid the situation where the two terminals fail to establish a link due to overlapping signal transmission and reception periods, and the first terminal can successfully establish a link with the second terminal as quickly as possible.
  • the first terminal When the first terminal is in the low-power distress mode, if the first terminal fails to detect the first signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal will At the end of the listening time, a sleep state with a period equal to the sum of the fourth duration and the fifth duration will be entered. In the sleep state, the first terminal no longer listens for signals. Until the dormancy ends, the first terminal continues to listen for signals, and the duration of continuous listening is also the third duration. That is, before the first terminal successfully establishes a link with the second terminal, the first terminal listens for the third time period each time. In this way, since the period in which the second terminal sends the first signal remains unchanged, the first terminal can successfully establish a link with the second terminal as quickly as possible.
  • the sixth duration is equal to the seventh duration, and/or the eighth duration is twice the seventh duration; the eighth duration is the In the strong distress mode, the sum of the time required for the first terminal to send the first signal and listen for the second signal.
  • the first terminal in the strong distress mode is used to alternately listen to the first signal and send the second signal for two periods of time in each working cycle (i.e., the sixth The duration is the same as the seventh duration mentioned above).
  • the offset duration between the two durations i.e., the second duration
  • the offset duration between the two durations may be the sum of the durations of listening to the first signal once and sending the second signal once (i.e., the eighth duration) half of.
  • the first terminal fails to monitor the first signal during the first period, and the second terminal fails to receive the second signal within the first period, the first terminal
  • the sending and listening time periods can be staggered with the second terminal sending and listening time periods as quickly as possible through the offset operation in the second time period, so as to ensure that the two terminals can be in the second time period as quickly as possible.
  • the successful link establishment will help further shorten the time required for the two terminals to complete the link establishment.
  • the third duration is equal to the fifth duration, and/or the third duration is equal to the eighth duration.
  • the duration for each time the first terminal performs listening for signals is the same as the duration for each offset (i.e., the fifth duration).
  • the sum of the time period for each time the first terminal alternately performs listening and signal transmission may be the same as the third time period. In this way, when the first terminal fails to detect the first signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal can pass the offset operation as quickly as possible and shorten the time in subsequent cycles. The time difference between the listening period and the second terminal sending signal period is until the link with the second terminal is successfully established.
  • this duration is also equal to the eighth duration
  • the duration for which the second terminal alternately performs listening and sending signals each time is the same as the third duration, then as long as the first terminal listens to the The period of the first signal is included in the period in which the second terminal alternately performs listening and sending operations, then the first terminal will definitely be able to listen to the first signal sent by the second terminal, which is beneficial to Further shortening the time required for two terminals to complete link establishment.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which method is applied to a second terminal.
  • the method includes: receiving a user's operation instruction, determining and activating the rescue mode of the second terminal, and the rescue mode includes Basic rescue mode and powerful distress mode; the second terminal establishes a first network link with the first terminal; wherein the first terminal is in a low-power distress mode or a powerful distress mode; under the same working time, the The power consumption of the second terminal when working in the basic rescue mode is less than the power consumption of working in the powerful rescue mode.
  • the power consumption of the first terminal when working in the low-power rescue mode is less than that of the powerful rescue mode. Power consumption when operating in distress mode.
  • the second terminal may be called a rescue terminal, and the first terminal may be called a rescue terminal; and in this method, the second terminal may work in a basic rescue mode or a powerful rescue mode.
  • the first terminal can work in a low-power distress mode or a powerful distress mode.
  • the low-power distress mode it can be called a low-power distress terminal; when it works in the powerful distress mode , which can be called a powerful distress terminal.
  • the second terminal in the basic rescue mode can perform work processes such as listening to signals and sleeping, and is in a powerful rescue mode.
  • the second terminal in mode can perform work processes such as listening to signals, sending signals, and sleeping; understandably, compared to continuous sending and receiving signal, the first terminal and the second terminal in this method can effectively reduce the time spent by the two terminals on transmitting signals, listening for signals, and sleeping by adjusting the proportion of time they use to transmit signals, listen for signals, and sleep during the process of establishing a link (that is, establishing a communication connection).
  • the consumption of electric energy during the link process prevents the two terminals from running out of power before the link is established, causing the link establishment to fail.
  • the biggest difference between the two working modes of the rescue terminal (i.e., basic rescue mode and powerful rescue mode) and the two working modes of the rescue terminal (i.e., low-power rescue mode and powerful rescue mode) is that outside the terminal The proportion of signaling time in its entire working cycle.
  • the low-power distress mode the first terminal will not send out a distress signal
  • the basic rescue mode the second terminal will not send out a rescue signal (but it may A sync signal will be sent).
  • the power consumption of the second terminal operating in the basic rescue mode is less than The power consumption of operating in the powerful rescue mode; the power consumption of the first terminal operating in the low-power rescue mode is less than the power consumption of operating in the powerful rescue mode.
  • search and rescue personnel can use the basic rescue mode to ask for help, reducing the power consumption rate of the second terminal to improve the success rate of search and rescue.
  • the first network link may be used to construct a communication network between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the communication network can support direct communication between the two nodes of the first terminal and the second terminal. That is, when communicating, neither the first terminal nor the second terminal needs to resort to a cellular network or wireless network. Network and other local area networks or wide area networks complete the communication process between the two.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal is in the strong rescue mode, the second terminal alternately sends the second signal and listens for the first signal with a first duration as a period, The second terminal alternately sends the second signal and listens to the first signal for a ninth duration in each cycle; the second signal includes a second request signal and a synchronization signal; if in the corresponding If the second terminal fails to detect the first signal and the second signal fails to be detected by the first terminal during the period, the second terminal sleeps for the tenth time until the end of the current period and alternates again.
  • the second request The signal is a signal sent by the second terminal to request to establish a communication connection with the first terminal;
  • the first signal is a signal sent by the first terminal to request to establish a communication connection with the second terminal.
  • a first request signal when the second terminal is in the basic rescue mode, the second terminal listens to the first signal with the first duration as a period; and each period contains at least one The period during which the second terminal listens to the first signal; if the second terminal fails to listen to the first signal within the corresponding period, the second terminal sleeps for the tenth period until the current period End, listen to the first signal again until the second terminal listens to the first signal.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal in this method adjust the time they use to transmit signals, listen for signals, and sleep during the process of link establishment (that is, establishing a communication connection).
  • the ratio can effectively reduce the power consumption of the two terminals during the link establishment process, and prevent the two terminals from running out of power before the link establishment, causing the link establishment to fail.
  • both terminals have a dormant period during the link establishment process, and the first terminal and the second terminal may be in a state of synchronously listening to signals or synchronously sending signals; for example, if the first terminal is listening to signals synchronously, During the process of listening to signals (or sending signals), the second terminal is also in the listening state (or sending signals) or in the sleep state, then the first terminal will not be able to successfully listen to the second terminal.
  • the second signal is sent, a communication link cannot be successfully established between the two terminals; if the period of the first terminal listening to the signal is the same as the period of the second terminal sending the first signal, then the The first terminal and the second terminal can The communication link cannot be successfully established.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in the strong distress mode, the first terminal can perform at least two sets of alternate listening and sending operations in each working cycle, And there is an offset duration (ie, the second duration) for these two groups of alternate listening and sending operations, and the offset duration is shorter than the first terminal listening to the first signal and sending the second The total duration of the signal.
  • the offset duration ie, the second duration
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in the low-power distress mode, when the first terminal fails to detect the first signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal The time when the listening ends is separated by a third period of time and offset by a fourth period of time to listen again to see if there is the first signal sent by the second terminal in the environment until the first signal sent by the second terminal is detected. .
  • the offset of the fourth duration may be that the first terminal enters the sleep state at the moment when the listening ends, and then continues to sleep for the fourth duration after sleeping for the third duration. In this way, it can be avoided that the time when the first terminal listens to a signal is staggered with the time when the second terminal sends a signal, saving the power energy of the first terminal and the second terminal while ensuring that the two terminals can successfully establish chain.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal is in the strong rescue mode, the second terminal alternately sends the second signal and listens to the first signal with a first duration as a period, and the duration is the ninth duration; if the second terminal fails to detect the first signal and the second signal fails to be detected by the first terminal within the corresponding period, the second terminal sleeps for the tenth time. Until the end of the current period, the second signal is alternately sent and the first signal is listened to again until the second terminal detects the first signal or the second signal is detected by the first terminal. heard. In this way, the second terminal in the powerful rescue mode can fully cooperate with the working sequence of the first terminal (whether it is in the powerful rescue mode or the low-power rescue mode) and successfully establish a link with the first terminal.
  • the second terminal listens to the first signal with the first duration as a period; and each period includes at least one of the first signals.
  • the second terminal in the powerful rescue mode can fully cooperate with the working sequence of the first terminal (whether it is in the powerful rescue mode or the low-power rescue mode) and successfully establish a link with the first terminal.
  • the second terminal is a network device, and when the second terminal is in the basic rescue mode, the second terminal also uses the first duration as The synchronization signal is sent periodically, and each period includes at least one period during which the second terminal sends the synchronization signal.
  • the second terminal is a synchronization node or a master node, which periodically sends out a synchronization signal or a request signal. Therefore, in this embodiment, the second signal is a synchronization signal or a second request signal sent by the second terminal (the request signal here and the first request signal sent by the first terminal are different in frame format. , please refer to the subsequent relevant instructions for details and will not be repeated here).
  • the second terminal when the second terminal is in the basic rescue mode, the second terminal may still send a synchronization signal to the first terminal, and the first terminal receives the second After the terminal sends the synchronization signal, the first terminal can send an access request on the random access channel indicated by the synchronization signal.
  • the two terminals adopt an open system authentication method, including an open system access request and an access response. Two steps, no authentication required. After the second terminal responds to the access request, the first network link can be established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the second terminal establishes a first network link with the first terminal
  • the method includes: after the second terminal detects the first request signal sent by the first terminal in the strong distress mode, it replies a response signal to the first terminal; when the first terminal After the terminal accesses the channel under the instruction of the response signal, the second terminal establishes the first network link with the first terminal; or the second terminal listens to the second terminal sending After the synchronization signal, an access request is sent to the second terminal on the channel indicated by the synchronization signal; when the second terminal responds to the access request, the second terminal communicates with the first terminal The terminal establishes the first network link; or, after the second request signal sent by the second terminal in the strong rescue mode is heard by the first terminal, the second terminal Under the instruction of the response signal returned by the first terminal, the channel is accessed, and the second terminal establishes the first network link with the first terminal.
  • the tenth time period is longer than the ninth time period.
  • the tenth duration is the duration during which the second terminal in the strong rescue mode sleeps in each cycle, and the ninth duration is when the second terminal alternately sends the second signal in each cycle. and the duration of listening to the first signal.
  • the tenth time period is longer than the ninth time period, that is, in the powerful rescue mode, the working time of the second terminal in each cycle is less than the sleep time, which is conducive to further saving power and improving the search and rescue process. success rate.
  • the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes a first terminal and a second terminal.
  • the first trigger condition is met, the first terminal and the second terminal establish a first network link. Road;
  • the first triggering condition is one of the following conditions: the first terminal is in a powerful distress mode and the second terminal is in a powerful rescue mode; the first terminal is in a powerful distress mode and the second terminal In the basic rescue mode; the first terminal is in the low-power rescue mode and the second terminal is in the powerful rescue mode; the first terminal is in the low-power rescue mode and the second terminal is in the basic rescue mode;
  • the power consumption of the second terminal when working in the basic rescue mode is less than the power consumption of working in the powerful rescue mode, and the first terminal works in the low-power rescue mode.
  • the power consumption is less than that of operating in the strong distress mode.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in the strong distress mode, the first terminal alternately sends the first signal and listens to the second signal with a first duration as a period.
  • the second signal sent by the terminal includes at least two groups of first terminals that alternately perform listening and transmitting operations in each cycle; the interval between the two groups of first terminals that alternately perform listening and transmitting operations is The second duration is less than the sum of the duration required by the first terminal to send the first signal and listen to the second signal; the first signal and the second signal are used to communicate with the first terminal.
  • the second terminal establishes the network link; when the first terminal is in the low-power distress mode, the first terminal listens to whether there is the second signal sent by the second terminal in the environment.
  • the duration for which the first terminal performs listening is the third duration; if no interception is detected, the first terminal listens in the environment again with the fourth duration at the end of the listening time and offset by the fifth duration.
  • the second terminal takes the first duration as a period Alternately sending the second signal and listening to the first signal, the second terminal alternately sends the second signal and listens to the first signal for a ninth duration in each cycle; the second signal Including a second request signal and a synchronization signal; if the second terminal fails to detect the first signal and the second signal fails to be detected by the first terminal within the corresponding period, the second The terminal sleeps for the tenth time until the end of the current cycle, and alternately sends the second signal and listens to the first signal again until the second terminal listens to the first signal or the second signal is The first terminal listens; the The second request signal is a signal sent by the second terminal to request to establish
  • the first request signal for communication connection when the second terminal is in the basic rescue mode, the second terminal listens to the first signal with the first duration as a period; and in each period at least Includes a period for the second terminal to listen to the first signal; if the second terminal fails to listen to the first signal within the corresponding period, the second terminal sleeps for the tenth period At the end of the current period, the first signal is listened to again until the second terminal listens to the first signal.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal establishing a first network link include: the second terminal in the strong rescue mode sending the first Two signals: after the first terminal in the low-power rescue mode or the powerful distress mode hears the second signal, it replies a first response signal to the second terminal; the second After the terminal accesses the channel under the instruction of the first response signal, the first terminal establishes the first network link with the second terminal; the second signal is used to request communication with the first The terminal establishes a second request signal for the first network link; or, the second terminal sends a second signal, and the first terminal in the low-power rescue mode or the powerful rescue mode listens to the second request signal.
  • an access request is sent to the second terminal on the channel indicated by the second signal; after the second terminal responds to the access request, the second terminal establishes the first network link ;
  • the second signal is a synchronization signal sent by the second terminal; or, the first terminal in the strong rescue mode sends the first signal, in the low power rescue mode or the After the second terminal in the forced distress mode hears the first signal, it replies a second response signal to the first terminal, and the first terminal accesses the channel under the instruction of the second response signal. , the first terminal establishes the first network link with the second terminal.
  • the first signal is a first request signal sent by the first terminal for requesting to establish a first network link with the second terminal.
  • the present application provides a method for selecting a working mode, which is applied to an electronic device, and is characterized in that it includes: in response to a user instruction, displaying a first user interface, the first user interface including a first control, the second control, the third control and the fourth control; the electronic device enters the powerful distress mode in response to the user's first operation instruction on the first control; or the electronic device responds to the user's operation on the second control.
  • the second operation instruction of the control enters the low-power rescue mode; or the electronic device responds to the user's third operation instruction to the third control and enters the powerful rescue mode; or the electronic device responds to the user's third operation instruction.
  • the fourth operation instruction of the fourth control is to enter the basic rescue mode; under the same working time, the power consumption of the electronic device working in the basic rescue mode is less than the power consumption working in the powerful rescue mode, The power consumption of the electronic device when operating in the low-power distress mode is less than the power consumption of operating in the powerful distress mode.
  • the first user interface further includes a fifth control
  • the method further includes: the electronic device, in response to the user's fifth control of the fifth control.
  • the operation instruction is to automatically enter the low-power distress mode or the powerful distress mode according to the current power of the electronic device and/or the current vital sign information of the user.
  • the first user interface further includes a sixth control
  • the method further includes: the electronic device responds to a sixth operation instruction of the user on the sixth control, Display a second user interface, the second user interface includes at least one text box and a seventh control, the at least one text box is used to display the user's personal information; the electronic device corresponds to the seventh control.
  • the seventh operation instruction causes the electronic device to save the user's personal information displayed in at least one text box.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, characterized in that the electronic device includes: one or more processors, a memory and a display screen; the memory is coupled to the one or more processors, so The memory is used to store computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors call the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute any one of the foregoing first or second aspects. method described.
  • the present application provides a chip system, which is applied to an electronic device.
  • the chip system includes one or more processors, and the processor is used to call computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute the implementation.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on an electronic device, it causes the electronic device to execute the implementation described in any one of the foregoing first or second aspects. Methods.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions.
  • the electronic device When the instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device causes the electronic device to execute the implementation described in any one of the foregoing first or second aspects. Methods.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a working sequence diagram of the electronic device provided by the embodiment of the present application in different working modes
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a link establishment process between a rescue terminal and a rescue terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a link establishment process between a rescue terminal and a rescue terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a link establishment process between a rescue terminal and a rescue terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of a link establishment process between a rescue terminal and a rescue terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 9 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of a link establishment method between two terminals in a search and rescue system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the rescue party or search and rescue party can still send signals to the other party through the terminal equipment they carry to establish a communication connection.
  • the terminal held by the rescue party that is, the trapped party
  • the terminal held by the search and rescue party is called a rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal's search and rescue methods during the search and rescue process can be divided into two types, namely active rescue or passive listening (passive rescue); the rescue terminal's search and rescue methods during the search and rescue process can also be divided into two types, namely Active rescue or passive listening (passive rescue).
  • the rescue terminal in the active rescue mode, can periodically send a rescue signal and periodically listen to see whether there are rescue signals or synchronization signals sent by the surrounding rescue terminals, while the passive listening (passive rescue) work In this mode, the rescue terminal will only periodically listen to whether there are rescue signals or synchronization signals sent by rescue terminals around it.
  • the rescue terminal in the active rescue working mode, the rescue terminal will periodically send rescue signals and periodically listen to whether there are help signals sent by the surrounding rescue terminals; in the passive listening (passive rescue) working mode, The rescue terminal only periodically listens for help signals sent by the surrounding rescue terminals.
  • the rescue terminal when the rescue terminal is a master node or a synchronization node, during the search and rescue process, the rescue terminal can also send out a synchronization frame (also called a synchronization signal), which can be received by the rescue terminal and used to access it.
  • a synchronization frame also called a synchronization signal
  • the corresponding channel completes the communication connection with the rescue terminal.
  • establishing a communication connection may be called “link building”; the process of establishing a communication connection may be called “link building process”.
  • the emergency rescue link establishment request frame is a signal used by the terminal to actively request other terminals to establish communication connections with itself.
  • the emergency rescue link establishment response frame is a signal that the terminal sends to the emergency rescue link establishment request frame in response to the received emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by other terminals.
  • the distress signal sent by the rescue terminal and the rescue signal sent by the rescue terminal can both be called emergency rescue link establishment request frames.
  • the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal and the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal This difference allows the terminal to identify that the received emergency rescue link establishment request frame is a rescue terminal.
  • the message was sent from the distress terminal. This can prevent terminals that are also rescue terminals from redundantly processing emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other rescue terminals. It can also prevent terminals that are also rescue terminals from redundantly processing emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other rescue terminals. Redundant processing.
  • the difference in frame format between the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal and the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal will be explained in detail later, and will not be described again here.
  • the rescue terminal sends a response signal to the rescue terminal after receiving the link establishment request frame from the rescue terminal, and the rescue terminal sends a response signal to the rescue terminal after receiving the link establishment request frame from the rescue terminal.
  • the response signal sent by the rescue terminal can be called an emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • a synchronization node refers to a node in a synchronization network that is responsible for receiving and sending synchronization frames.
  • the synchronization mechanism allows all devices in the network to meet periodically within the agreed time and channel to complete functions such as clock correction, surrounding network environment awareness, device discovery, and node election.
  • the synchronization frame is a synchronization signal periodically sent externally by the master node and the synchronization node.
  • the synchronization frame contains the sending end section.
  • the device that receives the synchronization frame can use the precise timestamp and node information to calculate the time-frequency position of each working channel of the sending end node and establish a connection with the sending end node at the corresponding time and frequency position. Therefore, two devices can establish a communication connection with the support of one of the devices sending a synchronization frame.
  • the rescue terminal 101 is a terminal held by the rescuer
  • the rescue terminal 102 is a terminal held by the rescuer. It can be seen from the status bar on the display screen of the rescue terminal 101 that the rescue terminal 101 currently fails to successfully access the public network, so the rescue terminal 101 cannot contact the rescue terminal 102 through text messages or phone calls. Therefore, the rescue terminal 101 needs to establish an emergency rescue communication link between devices to complete rescue communication with the rescue terminal 102.
  • the rescue terminal 101 and the rescue terminal 102 need to continuously send and receive signals.
  • the rescue terminal 101 needs to keep sending a rescue signal
  • the rescue terminal 102 needs to keep listening to signals in the environment. Until the distance between the rescue terminal 101 and the rescue terminal 102 is less than a certain level, the rescue signal sent by the rescue terminal 101 can be If the rescued terminal 102 successfully listens, an emergency rescue communication link can be established between the two terminal devices to complete rescue communication.
  • rescuers are generally unable to carry out large-scale activities and can only rely on rescuers to conduct a wide-scale search to advance the rescue process. Therefore, the search and rescue process often takes a long time.
  • most of the mobile terminals held by the rescuers or rescuers are mobile phones, tablets and other terminals with small battery capacity.
  • the rescue terminal will The rescue terminal is likely to shut down due to exhaustion of power before the link is successfully established, and the search and rescue process will be blocked or even fail, and the life safety of the rescuers will also be seriously threatened. Therefore, reducing the power consumption of mobile terminals in establishing emergency rescue communication links between devices and providing the optimal trade-off between power consumption and link establishment waiting time are important optimization goals of mobile terminal emergency rescue solutions.
  • the present invention discloses a communication method, electronic device and communication system.
  • the electronic device and communication system can be used to implement the communication method, which achieves switching between power consumption priority and efficiency priority by controlling the time proportion of the electronic device's transmitting, listening, and sleeping during the search and rescue process.
  • the terminals held by the rescuer and the rescuer can choose two rescue modes: high and low power consumption. Users can flexibly select the rescue mode according to the power of the user terminal, which improves the success rate of the rescue operation and the trapped people. Provide greater protection for life safety.
  • the electronic device can be a mobile phone, a tablet, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, an augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) device, a laptop, an ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (PDA) or specialized camera (such as SLR camera, card camera), etc.
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • SLR camera card camera
  • FIG. 2 exemplarily shows the structure of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142 , Antenna 1, Antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, display screen 194, and subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • a processor 110 an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142 , Antenna 1, Antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or some components may be arranged differently.
  • the components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), an image signal processor ( image signal processor (ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural network processing unit
  • different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the processor 110 such as a controller or GPU can be used to automatically select a specific rescue mode based on the current power value of the electronic device 100 after the user turns on the "one-key rescue".
  • the processor 110 such as a controller or GPU can also be used to switch the working mode of the electronic device 100 to the power saving mode when the electronic device 100 is in the help mode.
  • the power saving mode the screen brightness of the electronic device 100 is low.
  • the Bluetooth and WiFi of the electronic device 100 and applications running in the background that consume large amounts of power will be turned off.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
  • the controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuitsound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous receiver (universal asynchronous receiver) /transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and/or Universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous receiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can separately couple the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 can be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 can be coupled with the audio module 170 through the I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface to implement the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communications to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface to implement the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 .
  • MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through the CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through the DSI interface to implement the display function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, display screen 194, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, sensor module 180, etc.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices, etc.
  • the interface connection relationships between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present application are only schematic illustrations and do not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection methods in the above embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, The electronic device can also be powered through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, internal memory 121, external memory, display screen 194, camera 193, wireless communication module 160, etc.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters.
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide solutions for wireless communication including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellite systems. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT Bluetooth
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • Wireless communication technologies can include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (codedivision multiple access, CDMA), broadband code division multiple access address (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC, FM, and /or IR technology, etc.
  • GNSS can include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou satellite navigation system (beidounavigation satellite system, BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi-zenith satellite system) , QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • Beidou satellite navigation system beidounavigation satellite system, BDS
  • quasi-zenith satellite system quasi-zenith satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 is a synchronization node or a master node, the electronic device 100 may periodically send synchronization frames to the outside through the mobile communication module 150 or the wireless communication module 160 . Synchronization frames can also be called synchronization frames. Step signal to provide the same time reference signal for equipment that needs to process information synchronously, such as all television broadcasts, mobile phone communications, etc. Other electronic devices can establish communication connections with the electronic device 100 with the support of the electronic device 100 sending the synchronization frame.
  • the electronic device 100 implements display functions through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • Display 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • AMOLED organic light-emitting diode
  • FLED flexible light-emitting diode
  • Miniled MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the lens, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then passes the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • Electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • NPU is a neural network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural network
  • Intelligent cognitive applications of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, etc.
  • the decision-making model provided by the embodiments of this application can also be implemented through NPU.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement the data storage function. Such as saving music, videos, etc. files in external memory card.
  • Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions. at The processor 110 executes instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to execute various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required for a function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.).
  • the storage data area may store data created during use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phone book, etc.).
  • the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
  • Speaker 170A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. Electronic device 100 can listen to music, listen to sounds in videos, or listen to hands-free calls through speaker 170A. In this embodiment of the present application, the number of speakers 170A may be one, two, or more than two.
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be heard by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • Microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can speak close to the microphone 170C with the human mouth and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which in addition to collecting sound signals, may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions, etc.
  • the headphone interface 170D is used to connect wired headphones.
  • the headphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or may be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals.
  • pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 .
  • pressure sensors 180A there are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, etc.
  • a capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates of conductive material.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure based on the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the strength of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 .
  • the angular velocity of electronic device 100 about three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. For example, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the angle at which the electronic device 100 shakes, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate based on the angle, and allows the lens to offset the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • Air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • Magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 may utilize the magnetic sensor 180D to detect opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the electronic device 100 may detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Then, based on the detected opening and closing status of the leather case or the opening and closing status of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices and be used in horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometer and other applications.
  • Distance sensor 180F for measuring distance.
  • Electronic device 100 can measure distance via infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may utilize the distance sensor 180F to measure distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light outwardly through the light emitting diode.
  • Electronic device 100 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect when the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear for talking, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in holster mode, and pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touching.
  • Fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to achieve fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, fingerprint photography, fingerprint answering of incoming calls, etc.
  • Temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 utilizes the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute the temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of a processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to prevent the low temperature from causing the electronic device 100 to shut down abnormally. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 performs boosting on the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, which is also called a "touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near the touch sensor 180K.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 at a location different from that of the display screen 194 .
  • Bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human body's vocal part.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human body's pulse and receive blood pressure beating signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be provided in an earphone and combined into a bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can analyze the vibration signal of the vocal vibrating bone mass obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M. Voice signal to realize voice function.
  • the application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M to implement the heart rate detection function.
  • the buttons 190 include a power button, a volume button, etc.
  • Key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 191 can be used for vibration prompts for incoming calls and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations for different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 191 can also respond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194 .
  • Different application scenarios such as time reminders, receiving information, alarm clocks, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also be customized.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate charging status, power changes, or may be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, etc.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be connected to or separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 .
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more SIM card interfaces.
  • SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card, etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. Multiple cards can be of the same type or different types.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calls and data communications.
  • the electronic device 100 uses an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. It is not limited to being integrated in the processor 110 , the ISP can also be provided in the camera 193 .
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital images.
  • Electronic device 100 may support one or more image codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can open or save pictures or videos in multiple encoding formats.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement display functions through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • Display 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light emitting diode active-matrix organic light emitting diode
  • AMOLED organic light-emitting diodes
  • FLED flexible light-emitting diodes
  • Miniled MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diodes (QLED), etc.
  • electronic device 100 may include one or more display screens 194.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a help-seeking terminal or a rescue terminal.
  • the rescue mode of the electronic device 100 can be divided into a powerful rescue mode and a low-power rescue mode.
  • the electronic device 100 will periodically send out emergency rescue link establishment request frames, and periodically listen to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other devices (rescue terminals) in the environment.
  • the electronic device 100 will periodically listen to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other devices (rescue terminals) in the environment, and will not send out emergency rescue link establishment request frames.
  • the rescue mode of the electronic device 100 can be divided into a powerful rescue mode and a basic rescue mode.
  • the electronic device 100 will periodically send out emergency rescue link establishment request frames, and periodically listen to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other devices (help terminals) in the environment.
  • the electronic device 100 will periodically listen to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other devices (distress terminals) in the environment, and will not send out emergency rescue link establishment request frames.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 is a rescue terminal and the electronic device 100 is a synchronization node or a master node on the network, regardless of whether the electronic device is in the powerful rescue mode or the basic rescue mode, the electronic device 100 can externally Send synchronization frames periodically.
  • the electronic device 100 in the low-power distress mode can perform work processes such as listening for signals and sleeping, and the first terminal in the powerful distress mode can perform listening for signals. , sending signals and sleeping and other working processes; it can be understood that compared to continuously sending and receiving signals, the electronic device 100 adjusts its process for transmitting signals, listening to signals and sleeping during the process of establishing a chain (that is, establishing a communication connection).
  • the time ratio can effectively reduce the power consumption of the electronic device 100 during the link building process.
  • the biggest difference is that the duration of the terminal's outgoing signal is throughout its entire working cycle.
  • the electronic device 100 will not send a distress signal to the outside, and in the basic rescue mode, the electronic device 100 will not send a rescue signal to the outside (but may send a synchronization signal).
  • the power consumed by the electronic device 100 for listening to signals within the same period of time is much less than the power consumed by the terminal for sending out signals. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the power consumption of the electronic device 100 when working in the low-power rescue mode is less than the power consumption of the electronic device 100 when working in the strong rescue mode. The power consumption is less than that of operating in the strong rescue mode.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary user interface 30 after the electronic device 100 enters the emergency rescue mode.
  • the electronic device 100 can automatically enter the "emergency rescue mode" after the public network is disconnected.
  • the electronic device may enter "emergency rescue mode" in response to detected user operations.
  • the switch of "Emergency Rescue Mode” can be set in the drop-down menu bar of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 30; or, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 30;
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with a physical button for turning on and off the "emergency rescue mode".
  • the electronic device 100 When the user presses the button, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 30 . It is not limited to this, the electronic device 100 can also enter the "emergency rescue mode" through other methods. For example, the electronic device 100 can also enter the "emergency rescue mode" according to the user's voice command, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the user interface 30 (in some embodiments of the present application, the user interface 30 may also (referred to as the first user interface) includes a status bar 301 and a "personal information" control 302, a mode selection bar 303, a "one-click help” control 304 and a navigation bar 305. in:
  • the status bar 301 may include time, signal strength and current remaining power. As can be seen from (A) in FIG. 3 , the electronic device 100 is in a disconnected state at this time and cannot connect to the network established by the operator. When the electronic device 100 successfully connects to the network established by the operator, the status bar 301 may also display the name of the operator (for example, China Mobile).
  • the "Personal Information” control 302 is used for users to view and modify their personal information stored in the electronic device 100. After the user is trapped and successfully communicates with other rescue terminals, the electronic device 100 can immediately send these personal information to the rescue. terminal.
  • the "Personal Information" control 302 may also be called the “sixth control", and the user's operation instruction for the control may be called the “sixth operation instruction.”
  • the mode selection bar 303 may include a "Powerful SOS” control 3031, a “Powerful Rescue” control 3032, a “Low Power SOS” control 3033 and a “Basic Rescue” control 3034.
  • the "powerful rescue” control 3031 may also be called the “first control”
  • the user's operation instructions for the control may be called the “first operation instructions”
  • the "powerful rescue” control 3032 It can also be called the “second control”
  • the user's operation instructions for this control can be called the “second operation instructions”
  • the “low power help” control 3033 can also be called the "third control”
  • the user's operation instructions for this control can also be called the "second control”.
  • the operation instructions of this control may be called the "third operation instructions”; the "Basic Rescue” control 3034 may also be called the “fourth control”, and the user's operation instructions for the control may be called the “fourth operation instructions” .
  • Any option control can be used to respond to a user's operation, such as a touch operation, so that the electronic device 100 activates the help or rescue mode corresponding to the control. In different distress or rescue modes, the proportion of time the electronic device 100 transmits signals, listens for signals, and sleeps during the search and rescue process is different. Subsequent embodiments will be introduced in detail and will not be described here.
  • the "one-click help" control 304 can provide the user with a quick help-seeking option when the user is the one seeking help.
  • the "one-key help" control 304 may also be called the "fifth control", and the user's operation instructions for the control may be called the "fifth operation instructions”.
  • the electronic device 100 may randomly enter a powerful help mode or a low-power help mode.
  • the electronic device 100 can selectively enter the powerful help mode or the low power mode according to the power of the electronic device 100.
  • Consumption distress mode For example.
  • a certain threshold for example, 50%
  • the electronic device 100 enters the powerful distress mode.
  • the power of the electronic device 100 is less than or equal to the threshold, the electronic device 100 enters the low-power distress mode.
  • the navigation bar 305 may include: a return button 3051, a home screen button 3052, an outbound task history button 3053 and other system navigation keys.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the previous user interface of the current user interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the home screen interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the task recently opened by the first user.
  • the navigation keys can also be named in other ways. For example, 3051 can be called Back Button, 3052 can be called Home button, and 3053 can be called Menu Button. This application does not limit this.
  • Each navigation key in the navigation bar 305 is not limited to a virtual key, and can also be implemented as a physical key.
  • FIG. 3 only illustrates the user interface on the electronic device 100 and should not be construed as limiting the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a user interface 40 for users to view and edit personal information.
  • the user interface 40 may also be called a second user interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may detect a touch operation on the "personal information" control 302 shown in (A) of FIG. 3 , and enter the user interface 40 in response to the operation.
  • the user interface 40 may include a name information column 401 , a mobile phone number name information column 402 , an emergency contact information column 403 , an emergency contact information column 404 and a save control 405 . in:
  • the name information column 401 is used to display the user's name.
  • the mobile phone number and name information column 402 is used to display the user's contact information.
  • the emergency contact information column 403 is used to display the names of the user's relatives or friends.
  • the emergency contact information column 404 is used to display the contact information of relatives or friends.
  • the user can perform operations on the name information field 401, mobile phone number name information field 402, emergency contact information field 403, and emergency contact information field 404, such as touch operations, to re-edit the text in the corresponding information fields.
  • the save control 405 can save the information currently in each information column in response to user operations, such as the touch operation shown in (B) in Figure 3 .
  • the save control 405 may also be called the “seventh control", and the user's operation instruction for the control may be called the "seventh operation instruction”.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a help-seeking terminal or a rescue terminal.
  • the rescue mode of the electronic device 100 can be divided into a powerful rescue mode and a low-power rescue mode.
  • the rescue mode of the electronic device 100 can be divided into a powerful rescue mode and a basic rescue mode.
  • the search and rescue process of electronic equipment is a cyclic process. In a search and rescue work cycle, the work content of the above four modes may include stages such as transmitting signals, listening for signals, and sleeping.
  • the signal transmission includes a device active request process and a synchronization frame sending process.
  • the active request process means that the electronic device 100 acts as a rescue terminal and sends a link establishment request frame to other rescue terminals, or the electronic device 100 acts as a rescue terminal and sends requests to other rescue terminals.
  • the process of establishing a link request frame and the process of sending a synchronization frame are the processes in which the electronic device 100 acts as a rescue terminal on the network and periodically sends out synchronization signals.
  • the listening signal may also be called passive listening, that is, when the electronic device 100 serves as a rescue terminal, it listens to whether there are link establishment request frames sent by other rescue terminals in the outside world, or when the electronic device 100 serves as a rescue terminal, it listens to whether there are other link establishment request frames in the outside world.
  • the sleep process is a process in which the electronic device 100 neither listens nor sends signals to the outside.
  • each working mode has different proportions of time for transmitting signals, listening for signals, and sleeping within a search and rescue working cycle.
  • the specific working methods of the electronic device 100 in these four working modes in a search and rescue work cycle will be introduced with reference to FIG. 4 .
  • the horizontal coordinate axis represents the time axis
  • the intersection of the dotted line perpendicular to each time axis and the corresponding time axis represents a certain moment on the time axis, which can be represented by a lowercase letter t plus a specific subscript,
  • time t 10 shown in (A) in FIG. 4 or time t 20 shown in (B) in FIG. 4 time t 10 shown in (A) in FIG. 4 or time t 20 shown in (B) in FIG. 4 .
  • There is a certain duration between two specific moments on the timeline which can be represented by a capital letter T plus a specific subscript, such as the duration T 0 shown in (A) in Figure 4 or (A) in Figure 4 ) shown in the duration T b .
  • the light gray rectangles on each coordinate axis in Figure 4 represent the active request process of the electronic device
  • the dark gray rectangle represents the passive listening process
  • the black rectangle represents the synchronization frame sending process.
  • the same representation phase in Figure 4 The same time or the same duration, for example, the duration T 0 shown in (A) in Figure 4 and the duration T 0 shown in (B) in Figure 4 represent the same duration.
  • the electronic device 100 may enter the powerful distress mode in response to a user operation, such as a user's touch operation on the "power distress" control 3031 shown in (A) of FIG. 3 .
  • the electronic device 100 will periodically send out emergency rescue link establishment request frames, and periodically listen to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other devices (rescue terminals) in the environment. request frame.
  • the specific working method of a search and rescue working cycle of the electronic device 100 in the strong distress mode can refer to the timing diagram shown in (A) in FIG. 4 .
  • the electronic device 100 will start to work with a search and rescue working cycle of duration T 0 , for example, as shown in (A) of Figure 4
  • the period from time t 10 to time t 16 is a complete search and rescue working cycle T 0 of the electronic device 100 in the powerful rescue mode.
  • the duration T 0 may be referred to as the “first duration”.
  • T 0 can be any duration value, such as 8192ms, 2048ms, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the period of time T 2 from time t 10 to time t 13 can be called a slicing period; similarly, the period of time T 2 from time t 14 to time t 15 is also a slicing period, slicing
  • the cycle can be regarded as a small work cycle in the complete search and rescue work cycle T 0 .
  • the period from time t 10 to time t 13 is T 2
  • the period from time t 14 to time t 15 is T 2 .
  • the electronic device 100 will continuously perform an active request process and a passive listening process alternately.
  • the electronic device 100 will first send an emergency rescue link establishment request frame on the emergency rescue channel at time t 10. This process generally takes several milliseconds to complete, which is t The period from time 10 to time t 11 ; then, at time t 11 , the electronic device 100 will end the active request process, start the passive listening process, and continue to listen for a period of time, that is, the period from time t 11 to time t 12 duration; then, at time t 12 , the electronic device 100 ends the passive listening process, and starts the active request process again at time t 12 . This is done alternately until the end of the slicing period.
  • the time required for the electronic device 100 to perform an active request plus the time required to perform a passive listening process can be called an emergency rescue frame period, and its duration is T 1 .
  • the period from time t 10 to time t 12 is the "eighth time period" of T 1 .
  • the period from time t 10 to time t 13 is an emergency rescue frame period.
  • the actual duration of signal sending and receiving operations of the electronic device 100 is two slice cycles.
  • there can be an offset duration between two slicing periods that is, the duration from time t 13 to time t 14 . That is to say, in a complete period T 0 , the two slicing periods are originally continuous, that is, after the first slicing period ends at time t 13 , the next The slicing cycle should originally start immediately at time t13 ; the electronic device 100 will continue to send emergency rescue link establishment request frames on the emergency rescue channel at time t13 .
  • the rescue terminal and the rescue terminal may have been receiving signals synchronously or sending signals synchronously during their respective search and rescue working cycles, the two terminals cannot successfully establish a link. Therefore, when the electronic device 100 serves as a rescue terminal, when the electronic device 100 cannot successfully establish a link with other devices in the first slicing cycle, in order to rule out that the link establishment failure is caused by the above situation, the electronic device 100 can
  • the next slicing cycle within the working cycle is offset by a duration as a whole, that is, the length is T b , and the next offset cycle will start at time t 14 .
  • the electronic device 100 After the second slicing cycle ends, if the electronic device 100 has not successfully established links with other rescue terminals, the electronic device 100 will enter the sleep period at time t15 . That is, during the period from t 15 to t 16 , in order to save power, the electronic device 100 will stop the process of active requesting and passive listening until the next search and rescue work cycle begins.
  • the electronic device 100 works with the duration T 0 as the working cycle.
  • the electronic device 100 continuously alternates active requests and passive listening for the first T 2 duration; during the first T 2 duration, the electronic device 100 periodically sends emergency messages on the emergency rescue channel.
  • Rescue link establishment request frame During the listening process, if a synchronization frame is received from another device, an access attempt is made on the access channel indicated by the synchronization frame.
  • an emergency rescue link establishment request frame is received from other devices, it will reply with an emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • an emergency rescue link establishment response frame is received from another device, an authentication request is sent on the access channel indicated by the emergency rescue link establishment response frame and the access process is started. If the link establishment is not successful at the end of the first T 2 time period, the electronic device 100 will offset the periodic transmission time point of the emergency rescue link establishment request frame backward for a T b time period, and continue to alternate active requests and passive listening continuously. The second T 2 duration, if the link is not established successfully in the end, it will end and go to sleep.
  • the synchronization frames and emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by any terminal around the rescue terminal, whether in "strong rescue” or “basic rescue” will be processed and fed back, and there will be a faster response. Rescue speed.
  • (A) in FIG. 4 only illustrates the timing diagram of the electronic device 100 transmitting and receiving signals when operating in the strong distress mode. Its specific form is only for the convenience of the reader's understanding, and it should not constitute a limitation of the present application. Limitations of Examples. In an actual scenario, the specific period corresponding to the sleep period of the electronic device 100 within a search and rescue working cycle and the two slice cycles of alternately transmitting and receiving signals can be in other forms.
  • the electronic device can First enter the sleep period, and then perform the process of alternately sending and receiving signals for the duration of two slice cycles; in addition, one slice cycle shown in (A) in Figure 4 includes four emergency rescue frame cycles, and in some embodiments, one A slice period may contain more or fewer emergency rescue frame periods.
  • one slice cycle shown in (A) in Figure 4 includes four emergency rescue frame cycles, and in some embodiments, one A slice period may contain more or fewer emergency rescue frame periods.
  • the specific form of the timing diagrams mentioned in subsequent embodiments is only to facilitate readers' understanding, and it should not be construed as limiting the embodiments of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may enter the low-power distress mode in response to a user operation, such as a user's touch operation on the "low-power distress" control 3033 shown in (A) of FIG. 3 .
  • the electronic device 100 will periodically listen to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other devices (rescue terminals) in the environment, and will not send out emergency rescue link establishment request frames.
  • Chain request frame Specifically, the specific working mode of a search and rescue working cycle of the electronic device 100 in the low-power distress mode can refer to the timing diagram shown in (B) in FIG. 4 .
  • the electronic device 100 will start to work with a period of time (T 0 + T 1 ), for example, in ( in Figure 4
  • the period from time t 20 to time t 23 shown in B) is a complete search and rescue working cycle of the electronic device 100 in the low power consumption mode.
  • the duration T 1 in a complete search and rescue work cycle (T 0 +T 1 ) in low power consumption mode can be regarded as the post-end duration between two consecutive search and rescue work cycles T 0 .
  • a complete search and rescue work cycle of the electronic device 100 in the low power consumption mode can be a period of time T 0 from time t 20 to time t 22 shown in (B) in Figure 4 .
  • the next search and rescue work is originally The cycle should start at t 22 , but in order to prevent the electronic device from being used as a rescue terminal, when sending a link establishment request frame in each cycle, the surrounding rescue terminals are also in their own sleep period, causing the link establishment to fail; therefore, in Before starting the next search and rescue work cycle, the electronic device 100 offsets the start time of the next search and rescue work cycle backward by T 1 , and before successfully establishing a link with other rescue terminals, in each subsequent search and rescue work cycle, the electronic device 100 The device 100 will offset the start time of the cycle backward by T 1 to ensure that it can successfully establish a link with the surrounding rescue terminals. This will be explained in detail later, so I won’t go into details here.
  • the electronic device 100 In the emergency rescue frame period of T 2 from time t 20 to time t 21 , the electronic device 100 continuously listens to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames or synchronization frames sent by other rescue terminals in the environment. If it receives other If the device sends an emergency rescue link establishment request frame, it will reply an emergency rescue link establishment response frame. If it receives a captured synchronization frame sent by other rescue terminals, the electronic device 100 will try to initiate access on the access channel indicated by the synchronization frame. . In some embodiments of the present application, the period from time t 20 to time t 21 is the “third time period” of T 1 .
  • the electronic device 100 fails to successfully establish a link with other rescue terminals in the emergency rescue frame period corresponding to time t 20 - time t 21 , the electronic device 100 will enter the sleep period of this search and rescue work cycle, that is, (B) in Figure 4
  • the period T s2 shown from time t 21 to time t 23 lasts until the start of the next search and rescue work cycle, that is, time t 23 , and then continues to listen to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other rescue terminals in the environment. Or sync frame.
  • the period T s2 from time t 21 to time t 22 may be called the “fourth time period”
  • the period from time t 22 to time t 23 may be called the “fifth time period” .
  • the electronic device 100 works with the time length (T 0 + T 1 ) as a search and rescue working cycle.
  • the emergency rescue link establishment request frame or synchronization frame performs continuous listening for an emergency rescue frame period, that is, T 1 duration.
  • an access attempt is made on the access channel indicated by the synchronization frame.
  • an emergency rescue link establishment request frame is received from other devices, it will reply with an emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • any emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by any terminal around the rescue terminal and in "strong rescue mode” will be fed back and the link establishment will be completed.
  • the maximum link establishment time is (T 0 +T 1 )ms. If there is a "basic rescue mode" or synchronization node terminal nearby (the synchronization node terminal may be a rescue terminal, or it may be an ordinary terminal in non-rescue mode that happens to exist around the trapped person), it will also be affected by the emergency rescue frame period.
  • the synchronization frame is captured due to offset, and then the rescue terminal attempts to initiate access on the access channel indicated by the synchronization frame. If the electronic device 100 has not successfully established links with other rescue terminals at the end of the search and rescue work cycle, the electronic device 100 will start the next search and rescue work cycle.
  • the electronic device 100 may enter the power rescue mode in response to a user operation, such as a user's touch operation on the "power rescue" control 3032 shown in (A) of FIG. 3 .
  • the electronic device 100 will periodically send emergency rescue messages to the outside.
  • Link establishment request frame and periodically listen to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other devices (rescue terminals) in the environment.
  • the specific working method of a search and rescue working cycle of the electronic device 100 in the powerful rescue mode can refer to the timing diagram shown in (C) in FIG. 4 .
  • a complete search and rescue working cycle T 0 includes two A slicing cycle of duration T 2 .
  • the electronic device 100 will continuously alternate between the active request process and the passive listening process. It is assumed here that the electronic device 100 is a synchronization node on the network, that is, the electronic device 100 will periodically send synchronization frames to the outside with a period of T 2 , and the electronic device 100 is within the first emergency rescue frame period of the first slice period. That is, the transmission of the synchronization frame is completed. As shown in (C) in Figure 4, in the slicing period from time t 30 to time t 31 , the electronic device 100 will first send the synchronization frame outward at time t 30.
  • This The process generally takes several milliseconds to complete; after that, during the remaining time in the emergency rescue frame period, the electronic device 100 will continue to perform the passive listening process; then, at the beginning of the next emergency rescue frame period, that is, at time t31 , the electronic device 100 The device 100 ends the passive listening process and starts the active request process again at time t 31. It should be noted that, unlike the first emergency rescue frame period, the electronic device 100 starts sending out emergency calls in the form of active request at time t 31 . Rescue link establishment request frames instead of sending out synchronization frames; in the remaining emergency rescue frame periods within the first slice period, the electronic device 100 no longer sends synchronization frames, but only sends out emergency rescue link establishment request frames in an active request manner.
  • the electronic device 100 starts to perform the work of the second slicing cycle, that is, the work content corresponding to time t 32 - time t 33 .
  • the working form of the second slicing cycle is the same as that of the first working cycle, and will not be described again here. If the second slicing cycle ends and the electronic device 100 has not successfully established a link with the search and rescue terminal, the electronic device 100 will enter the sleep period at time t33 .
  • the electronic device 100 will stop the process of active requesting and passive listening until the next search and rescue work cycle begins.
  • the duration from time t 30 to time t 33 is twice the duration of T 2 "the ninth duration”
  • the duration from time t 33 to time t 34 is the duration of T s2 " Tenth Duration”.
  • the electronic device 100 sends an emergency rescue link establishment request frame on the emergency rescue channel within each rescue frame period T 1. If an emergency rescue link establishment response frame is received from a rescue terminal in the environment, then Try to build a link. At the same time, if the electronic device 100 itself is the master node or synchronization node of the ad hoc network, it will periodically send synchronization frames on the broadcast channel, and help-seeking terminals in the environment can initiate access through the random access channel indicated by the synchronization frame.
  • the electronic device 100 may enter the basic rescue mode in response to a user operation, such as a user's touch operation on the "Basic Rescue" control 3034 shown in (A) of FIG. 3 .
  • the electronic device 100 will periodically listen to whether there are emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other devices (distress terminals) in the environment, and will not send out the emergency rescue link establishment request. frame.
  • the specific working method of a search and rescue working cycle of the electronic device 100 in the basic rescue mode can refer to the timing diagram shown in (D) in FIG. 4 .
  • a complete search and rescue working cycle T 0 includes two A slicing cycle of duration T 2 .
  • the electronic device 100 is a synchronization node on the network, that is, the electronic device 100 will periodically send synchronization frames to the outside with a period of T 2 . Therefore, during the slicing period of T 2 from time t 40 to time t 45 , the electronic device 100 will sequentially perform the synchronization frame sending process and the passive listening process. It is assumed here that the electronic device 100 first transmits the synchronization frame and performs the passive listening process before the slicing period. As shown in (D) in Figure 4, in the slicing period from time t 40 to time t 44 , the electronic device 100 The device 100 will first send a synchronization frame to the outside at time t 10.
  • This process generally takes several milliseconds (that is, the time period from time t 40 to time t 41 ) to complete; then, during the time period from time t 42 to time t 43 Within, the electronic device 100 will perform a passive listening process with a duration of T 1 . If the electronic device 100 has not successfully established a link with the search and rescue terminal at the end of the first slicing cycle, that is, at time t 44 , then the electronic device 100 starts to perform the work of the second slicing cycle, that is, from time t 44 to time t 48 . Work content. As can be seen from (D) in Figure 4, the working form of the second slicing cycle is the same as that of the first working cycle, and will not be described again here.
  • the electronic device 100 will enter a sleep period with a duration of T s2 . That is, during the period from time t 33 to time t 34 , in order to save power, the electronic device 100 will stop the process of active requesting and passive listening until the next search and rescue work cycle begins.
  • the electronic device 100 if the electronic device 100 fails to successfully establish a link with the search and rescue terminal, in order to save power, the electronic device 100 will stop the process of active request and passive listening until the next When a search and rescue work cycle begins, the electronic equipment will also briefly enter a dormant period during these two slicing cycles. For example, in the slice period from time t 40 to time t 44 , if the electronic device 100 fails to successfully establish a link with the search and rescue terminal, then the two periods from time t 41 to time t 42 and time t 43 to time t 44 are both is the sleep period of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 continuously passively listens for T 1 duration every T 2 duration. During the listening process, if the emergency rescue link establishment request frame of the rescue frame is received, an emergency rescue link establishment response frame will be replied to indicate the access channel. If the link is still not established successfully after listening, give up and wait for the next listening cycle. At the same time, if the electronic device 100 itself is the master node or synchronization node of the ad hoc network, the electronic device 100 will also periodically send synchronization frames on the broadcast channel with a duration of T 2 , and the help-seeking terminal can initiate through the random access channel indicated by the synchronization frame. access.
  • the electronic device 100 in the low-power distress mode can perform work processes such as listening for signals and sleeping, and the first terminal in the powerful distress mode It can perform work processes such as listening for signals, sending signals, and sleeping. It can be understood that compared with continuously sending and receiving signals, the electronic device 100 adjusts its process of transmitting signals, detecting signals, and establishing a communication connection. The proportion of time spent listening to signals and sleeping can effectively reduce the power consumption of the electronic device 100 during the link building process.
  • the biggest difference is that the duration of the terminal's outgoing signal is throughout its entire working cycle.
  • the electronic device 100 will not send a distress signal to the outside
  • the electronic device 100 will not send a rescue signal to the outside (but may send a synchronization signal). Because the power consumed by the electronic device 100 for listening to signals within the same period of time is much less than the power consumed by the terminal for sending out signals.
  • the power consumption of the electronic device 100 when operating in the low-power distress mode is less than the power consumption when operating in the powerful distress mode.
  • the power consumption of the sub-device 100 when working in the basic rescue mode is less than the power consumption when working in the powerful rescue mode.
  • the methods for establishing a link between the rescue terminal and the rescue terminal can be divided into the following three types:
  • the rescue terminal After receiving the synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal, the rescue terminal sends an access request on the random access channel indicated by the synchronization frame.
  • the rescue terminal uses an open system authentication method with the rescue terminal, including an open system access request (Msg1 ) and access response (Msg2) two steps, no authentication is required.
  • Open system authentication is mainly used for emergency rescue. It does not require key verification and any device can successfully access it.
  • the open system authentication process is divided into two steps: access request and access response.
  • the access request includes frame control, long address of the sending device (rescue terminal), long address of the target device (rescue terminal), sending device (rescue terminal) ) name and other information.
  • the access response contains information such as frame control, long address of the sending device (rescue terminal), long address of the target device (rescue terminal), name of the sending device (rescue terminal), etc.
  • the rescue terminal After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal, the rescue terminal reads the timestamp (timestamp) indicated by the rescue terminal from the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, and replies with the emergency rescue link establishment response frame. After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment response frame, the rescue terminal listens on all subsequent access channels and emergency rescue channels. The rescue terminal calculates the positions of the access channel and rescue channel based on the above timestamp, and initiates random access on the access channel and rescue channel to complete the link establishment. In this method, random access can use the open system authentication method, which includes the two steps of open system access request (Msg1) and access response (Msg2), and does not require authentication.
  • Msg1 open system access request
  • Msg2 access response
  • the rescue terminal After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal, the rescue terminal replies with an emergency rescue link establishment response frame, and the emergency rescue link establishment response frame contains a timestamp. After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, the rescue terminal listens on all subsequent access channels and emergency rescue channels. The rescue terminal calculates the positions of the access channel and rescue channel based on the above timestamp, and initiates random access on the access channel and rescue channel to complete the link establishment.
  • the open system authentication method can be used for random access, which includes the two steps of open system access request (Msg1) and access response (Msg2), and does not require authentication.
  • the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal there are differences in frame formats between the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal and the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal. This difference allows the terminal to identify the received emergency link establishment request frame.
  • the rescue link establishment request frame is sent by the rescue terminal or the rescue terminal. This can prevent terminals that are also rescue terminals from redundantly processing emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other rescue terminals. It can also prevent terminals that are also rescue terminals from redundantly processing emergency rescue link establishment request frames sent by other rescue terminals. Redundant processing.
  • the frame format of the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal can be seen in the following table:
  • the frame format of the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal can be seen in the following table:
  • the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal and the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal can be identified by the "Rescue" bit in the frame type information. Among them, 1 identifies the rescue terminal and 0 identifies the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can determine whether the emergency rescue link establishment request frame is sent by the rescue terminal through the "Rescue" bit identifier of the emergency rescue link establishment request frame. .
  • the rescue terminal can send an emergency rescue link establishment response frame to the rescue terminal to complete the link establishment; when the emergency rescue link establishment request frame is sent by other rescue terminals, If the terminal sends it, the rescue terminal can ignore the emergency rescue link establishment request frame and do not process it. Similarly, after the rescue terminal receives the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, if the emergency rescue link establishment request frame is sent by the rescue terminal, the rescue terminal can send an emergency rescue link establishment response frame to the rescue terminal to complete the link establishment. ; When the emergency rescue link establishment request frame is sent by other terminals that are also rescue terminals, the rescue terminal ignores the emergency rescue link establishment request frame.
  • the horizontal coordinate axes represent the time axis
  • the intersection of the dotted line perpendicular to each time axis and the corresponding time axis represents a certain moment on the time axis, which can be represented by a lowercase letter t followed by a specific
  • the subscript indicates that there is a certain length of time between two specific moments on the timeline, which can be represented by a capital letter T plus a specific subscript.
  • the light gray rectangles on each coordinate axis in Figures 5 to 8 represent the active request process of the electronic device
  • the dark gray rectangle represents the passive listening process
  • the black rectangle represents the synchronization frame sending process.
  • the light gray rectangle and the black rectangle are marked with the letter "S”, which indicates that during the process, the electronic device is in the state of sending signals; the dark gray rectangle is marked with the letter "R”, which indicates that during the process, the electronic device is in the state of sending signals. During this process, the electronic device is in a state of receiving signals.
  • the same symbols represent the same moment or the same duration. For details, please refer to the above-mentioned description of Figure 4, which will not be described again here.
  • the electronic device 100 is a rescue terminal
  • the electronic device 200 is a rescue terminal
  • the electronic device 200 is a synchronization node on the network, which can periodically send synchronization frames to the outside.
  • the electronic device 200 is also a terminal that supports the above four working modes. During the search and rescue process, the electronic device 200 as a rescue terminal can work in the above powerful rescue mode or in the basic rescue mode.
  • the specific architecture of the electronic device 200 may refer to the foregoing description of the electronic device 100 and will not be described again here.
  • the electronic device 100 serves as a rescue terminal
  • the electronic device 200 serves as a rescue terminal.
  • the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 can complete the link establishment in the following four different modes:
  • the electronic device 100 works in the powerful rescue mode
  • the electronic device 200 works in the powerful rescue mode.
  • the electronic device 100 may be called a powerful rescue terminal
  • the electronic device 200 may be called a powerful rescue terminal.
  • the link establishment method and process of the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 in this mode combination please refer to Figure 5 .
  • FIG. 5 shows that the electronic device 100 sends an emergency rescue link establishment request frame. After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, the electronic device 200 replies an emergency rescue link establishment response frame to the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 The process of successfully establishing a communication connection with the electronic device 200 after receiving the emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • the two devices cannot successfully establish a link; and time t 51 - t During time 52 , the electronic device 100 listens for signals sent by the rescue terminal, and the electronic device 200 also listens for signals sent by the rescue terminal in the environment, and the two devices cannot successfully establish a link. However, since there is a post-bias duration T b between the two slice cycles of the distress terminal in the strong distress mode, in the next cycle, the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 transmit and listen to signals during the next cycle.
  • FIG. 5 shows a process in which the electronic device 200 sends a synchronization frame, the electronic device 100 receives the synchronization frame sent by the electronic device 200, and establishes a communication connection with the electronic device 200 under the instruction of the synchronization frame.
  • the electronic device 100 starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration of T 0 ; and at time t 58 , the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 start a search and rescue work cycle with a duration of T each. 0 search and rescue work cycle.
  • the electronic device 100 is listening to whether there is a signal from the rescue terminal in the environment, and the electronic device 200 Synchronization frame is being sent out. Therefore, the electronic device 100 can receive the synchronization frame sent by the electronic device 200 and establish a communication connection with the electronic device 200 under the instruction of the synchronization frame.
  • FIG. 5 shows that the electronic device 200 sends an emergency rescue link establishment request frame. After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, the electronic device 100 replies with an emergency rescue link establishment response frame to the electronic device 200. The electronic device 200 The process of successfully establishing a communication connection with the electronic device 100 after receiving the emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • the electronic device 200 in one slice period, the electronic device 200 The synchronization frame may not be sent immediately at the beginning of the slicing period, but the synchronization frame may be sent after several emergency rescue frame periods.
  • the electronic device 200 starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration of T 0 at time t 510 .
  • the electronic device 200 starts at time t 510 .
  • the emergency rescue link establishment request frame is sent; and then the electronic device 200 starts sending the synchronization frame at time t 511 .
  • the electronic device 200 starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration of T 0 at time t 59 .
  • the electronic device 100 is listening to whether there is a signal sent by a rescue terminal in the environment. Therefore, after time t 510 , the electronic device 100 can receive the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the electronic device 200, and reply the emergency rescue link establishment response frame to the electronic device 200.
  • the electronic device 200 receives the emergency rescue link establishment response frame. After the response frame, a communication connection can be successfully established with the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 works in the powerful rescue mode
  • the electronic device 200 works in the basic rescue mode.
  • the electronic device 100 may be called a powerful rescue terminal
  • the electronic device 200 may be called a basic rescue terminal.
  • Figure 6 For details on the link establishment method and process of the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 in this mode combination, please refer to Figure 6 .
  • FIG. 6 shows that the electronic device 100 sends an emergency rescue link establishment request frame. After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, the electronic device 200 replies an emergency rescue link establishment response frame to the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 The process of successfully establishing a communication connection with the electronic device 200 after receiving the emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • the electronic device 200 begins to listen to whether there is a signal sent by a rescue terminal in the environment, and will continuously listen for an emergency rescue frame period T 1 , that is, the period from time t 63 to time t 64 . It can be understood that in the strong rescue mode, the time required for the electronic device 100 to perform an active request process plus the time required for a passive listening process is an emergency rescue frame period.
  • the electronic device 200 listens In the environment, when the rescue terminal sends signals for an emergency rescue frame period T1 , the electronic device 100 will definitely send an emergency rescue link establishment request frame during this process, and the electronic device 200 can receive the emergency rescue sent by the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 successfully establishes a communication connection with the electronic device 200 after receiving the emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • FIG. 6 shows a process in which the electronic device 200 sends a synchronization frame, the electronic device 100 receives the synchronization frame sent by the electronic device 200, and establishes a communication connection with the electronic device 200 under the instruction of the synchronization frame.
  • the electronic device 100 starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration of T 0 ; and at time t 68 , the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 start a search and rescue work cycle with a duration of T each. 0 search and rescue work cycle.
  • the electronic device 100 is listening to whether there is a signal from the rescue terminal in the environment, and the electronic device 200 Synchronization frame is being sent out. Therefore, the electronic device 100 can receive the synchronization frame sent by the electronic device 200 and establish a communication connection with the electronic device 200 under the instruction of the synchronization frame.
  • the electronic device 100 works in the low-power rescue mode, and the electronic device 200 works in the powerful rescue mode.
  • the electronic device 100 may be called a low-power rescue terminal, and the electronic device 200 may be called a powerful rescue terminal.
  • the link establishment method and process of the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 in this mode combination please refer to Figure 7 .
  • FIG. 7 shows a process in which the electronic device 200 sends a synchronization frame, the electronic device 100 receives the synchronization frame sent by the electronic device 200, and establishes a communication connection with the electronic device 200 under the instruction of the synchronization frame.
  • the electronic device 100 starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration (T 0 + T 1 ), and the electronic device 200 simultaneously starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration T 0 .
  • the electronic device 100 is listening to whether there is a signal from the rescue terminal in the environment, and the electronic device 200 Synchronization frame is being sent out. Therefore, the electronic device 100 can receive the synchronization frame sent by the electronic device 200 and establish a communication connection with the electronic device 200 under the instruction of the synchronization frame.
  • FIG. 7 shows that the electronic device 200 sends an emergency rescue link establishment request frame. After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, the electronic device 100 replies an emergency rescue link establishment response frame to the electronic device 200. The electronic device 200 The process of successfully establishing a communication connection with the electronic device 100 after receiving the emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • the electronic device 200 starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration of (T 0 + T 1 ) at time t 76 , and the electronic device 100 starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration of T 0 at time t 77 .
  • the electronic device 100 begins to listen to whether there is a signal sent by a rescue terminal in the environment; and the electronic device 200 is sending an emergency rescue link establishment request frame to the outside at this time. Therefore, after time t 77 , the electronic device 100 can receive the emergency rescue advice sent by the electronic device 200. link request frame, and replies an emergency rescue link establishment response frame to the electronic device 200. After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment response frame, the electronic device 200 can successfully establish a communication connection with the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 works in the low-power rescue mode
  • the electronic device 200 works in the basic rescue mode.
  • the electronic device 100 may be called a low-power rescue terminal
  • the electronic device 200 may be called a basic rescue terminal.
  • Figure 8 For details on the link establishment method and process of the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 in this mode combination, please refer to Figure 8 .
  • FIG. 8 shows that in the most ideal (shortest time consuming) situation of this mode combination, the electronic device 200 sends a synchronization frame, the electronic device 100 receives the synchronization frame sent by the electronic device 200, and indicates in the synchronization frame
  • the following is a process of establishing a communication connection with the electronic device 200 .
  • the electronic device 100 starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration (T 0 + T 1 ), and the electronic device 200 simultaneously starts a search and rescue work cycle with a duration T 0 .
  • the electronic device 100 is listening to whether there is a signal from the rescue terminal in the environment, and the electronic device 200 Synchronization frame is being sent out. Therefore, the electronic device 100 can receive the synchronization frame sent by the electronic device 200 and establish a communication connection with the electronic device 200 under the instruction of the synchronization frame. Since it only takes a few milliseconds for the electronic device 200 to send the synchronization frame, starting from time t80 , the entire link establishment process can be completed in a short time.
  • the rescue terminal in the basic rescue mode may just start listening for signals.
  • the process of establishing a link between the rescue terminal and the rescue terminal will take a long time.
  • the electronic device starts a search and rescue work cycle with a cycle length of T 0 , that is, time t 85 - time t 87 ; and at time t 86 , the electronic device 100 starts the cycle
  • the search and rescue work cycle lasts for (T 0 +T 1 ), that is, time t 86 - time t 87 .
  • the electronic device 200 starts sending a synchronization frame.
  • the electronic device 200 ends the sending process of the synchronization frame, and the electronic device 100 just starts listening for the signal.
  • the electronic device 100 Since the electronic device 100 is in a low-power rescue mode, the electronic device will be in a dormant state during the period from time t 86 to time t 89 , but the first search and rescue work cycle of the electronic device 200 ends at time t 87 . That is, the electronic device 200 cannot successfully establish a link with the electronic device 100 in the first search and rescue work cycle.
  • the T 1 duration in a complete search and rescue working cycle (T 0 + T 1 ) of the rescue terminal can be regarded as the same as the next search and rescue working cycle.
  • the search and rescue working cycles of the rescue terminal and the rescue terminal are the same.
  • the electronic device 200 will start downloading at time t87 .
  • a search and rescue work cycle and starts listening and sending synchronization frames at time t 87 , and ends the sending process of synchronization frames at time t 88 ; and the electronic device 100 starts listening for signals at time t 88 , and so on, then the electronic device 100 starts listening for signals at time t 88.
  • the device 200 and the electronic device 100 will never be able to successfully establish a link in subsequent work cycles.
  • the next search and rescue work cycle of the electronic device 100 should start at t 89 , while the electronic device 200 still starts the next search and rescue work week at t 87 Expect.
  • the basic rescue terminal sends synchronization frames with a period of T 2 , it will not be until the (T 2 /T 1 )th search and rescue working cycle of the electronic device 100 that the electronic device 100 starts to be passively detected.
  • the listening time is exactly the time when the electronic device 200 starts to send the synchronization frame in the second slicing cycle in the (T 2 /T 1 )th search and rescue working cycle of the electronic device 200.
  • the electronic device 200 starts the (T 2 /T 1 )-th search and rescue work cycle, and at time t 811 , the electronic device 200 ends the (T 2 /T 1 )-th search and rescue work cycle.
  • the work of the second slicing cycle begins, that is, at time t811 , the electronic device 200 begins to send synchronization frames to the outside.
  • the electronic device 100 starts the (T 2 /T 1 )th search and rescue working cycle, that is, at time t811 , the electronic device 100 starts listening for signals. Therefore, after time t 811 , the electronic device 100 can receive the synchronization frame sent by the electronic device 200, and establish a communication connection with the electronic device 200 under the instruction of the synchronization frame.
  • FIGS. 5 to 8 only illustrate the process of establishing a link between the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 under a combination of working modes.
  • the specific form is only for the convenience of readers' understanding, and it should not constitute a limitation of the present application. Limitations of Examples.
  • the way and time required to establish a link between the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 under each working mode combination can be determined according to the start time of the respective search and rescue work cycles of the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 , the electronic device 100 and the electronic device 200 During the respective search and rescue work cycles, the alternating sequence of signal transmission and reception and the sleep period change.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This method can be implemented based on the above-mentioned electronic device 100 or electronic device 200 operating in a powerful distress mode.
  • the terminal used to implement this method can be called a powerful rescue terminal.
  • the powerful rescue terminal periodically performs search and rescue work, and effectively plans its time occupancy in transmitting, listening, and sleeping in a search and rescue work cycle.
  • any rescue terminal around the rescue terminal whether in "powerful rescue” or “basic rescue” sends synchronization frames and emergency rescue link establishment requests. Frames will be processed and fed back, resulting in faster rescue speed.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of this application may include:
  • the rescue terminal wakes up from the sleep state and starts working with a period of T 0 .
  • the above-mentioned rescue terminal may be the electronic device 100 or the electronic device 200 in the above description.
  • the above-mentioned rescue terminal can receive the user's operation instruction, determine and activate the rescue mode of the above-mentioned rescue terminal as the powerful rescue mode.
  • T 0 can be any length of time, such as 8192ms.
  • the rescue terminal continuously listens and periodically sends emergency rescue link establishment request frames.
  • the rescue terminal When the rescue terminal ends the sleep state and enters the working cycle, in a complete search and rescue working cycle with a duration of T 0 , the rescue terminal will continue to detect signals in the environment during a certain period of time in the cycle with a duration of T 2 . listen. During this period of time T 2 , the rescue terminal will also periodically actively send out emergency rescue link establishment request frames.
  • the rescue link establishment request frame can be received by the rescue terminal in the environment. After the rescue terminal receives the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, it can send the emergency rescue link establishment response frame to the rescue terminal to complete the establishment of communication connections between them. .
  • T 2 can be any length of time, such as 512ms.
  • the process of the rescue terminal listening to the signal and sending the emergency rescue link establishment request frame can be continuous, that is, during the process of the rescue terminal alternately listening for the signal and sending the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, When the rescue terminal ends sending the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, it can immediately start listening for signals.
  • T 1 can be called an emergency rescue frame period. Since the power consumed by the rescue terminal in listening to signals is much less than the power consumed in sending signals, in an emergency rescue frame cycle, the rescue terminal only spends a very small amount of time sending emergency rescue link establishment request frames, and the rest of the time Both are used for listening.
  • the above T 1 can be 64ms, of which 3ms-5ms are used to send emergency rescue link establishment request frames, and the remaining approximately 60ms are used to listen for signals in the environment.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether it receives signals sent by other devices.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether it has continuously listened for T 2 time.
  • the rescue terminal continues to alternately listen for signals and send emergency rescue link establishment request frames within the above T 2 time period.
  • the rescue terminal listens to the signal frame sent by the rescue terminal (the signal frame can be the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal, the synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal, or the rescue terminal receives the signal frame sent by the rescue terminal
  • the rescue terminal can then perform subsequent steps S105; if the period corresponding to the above T 2 duration ends, the rescue terminal has not yet successfully communicated with other rescue terminals.
  • the rescue terminal will execute subsequent step S107.
  • the rescue terminal selects a corresponding method to access the channel according to the frame format of the received signal.
  • the signal sent by the rescue terminal received by the rescue terminal may include: an emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal, a synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal, or an emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal received by the rescue terminal. Then reply the emergency rescue link establishment response frame.
  • different signal frames have different frame formats.
  • the rescue terminal can identify the type of signal according to the frame format of the signal it receives, and adopt a corresponding link establishment method to establish a link with the rescue terminal. When the rescue terminal can receive a signal frame and the "Rescue" bit in the frame format is marked as "1", the rescue terminal can determine that the signal is an emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal After receiving the signal sent by the rescue equipment, the rescue terminal can select the corresponding method to access the channel according to the frame format of the signal. For details, reference may be made to the foregoing relevant descriptions of Figures 5 and 6, which will not be described again here.
  • the rescue terminal can also receive the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by other rescue terminals, the rescue terminal can also distinguish whether the emergency rescue link establishment request frame is sent by other rescue terminals or the rescue terminal through the frame format.
  • the rescue terminal can ignore the emergency rescue link establishment request frame and do not process it.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether the link establishment is successful.
  • the rescue terminal After receiving the signal sent by the rescue terminal and trying to establish a link with the rescue terminal with the support of the signal, if the rescue terminal successfully establishes a link with the rescue terminal, the rescue terminal can perform step S109; if the rescue terminal receives the link sent by the rescue terminal After receiving the signal, due to some other reasons (such as signal delay, interference between signals, etc.), the link between the two terminals failed to be successfully established. If the rescue terminal has not continuously listened for T 2 at this time, then Before the listening duration reaches the above-mentioned T2 duration, the rescue terminal will continue to listen to the continuous alternate listening signal and send the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, and continue to work according to the execution process of steps S102 to S106.
  • the rescue terminal wakes up again after sleeping for T b and tries again for T 2 .
  • this search and rescue work cycle may include two slicing cycles with a duration of T 2 , and the aforementioned steps S102 to S106 are all completed in the first slicing cycle.
  • the rescue terminal fails to establish a connection with other rescue terminals in the first slicing cycle, it may be because the rescue terminal and the rescue terminal have been receiving signals synchronously or sending signals synchronously during their respective search and rescue working cycles, resulting in The two terminals cannot successfully establish a link.
  • the rescue terminal can repeat the aforementioned signal sending and receiving process again, and offset the start time of the signal sending and receiving process backward by a time length, that is, the length T b .
  • the rescue terminal can successfully establish a link with the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether the link establishment is successful.
  • the rescue terminal After the second slicing period of T 2 ends, that is, after the rescue terminal has continuously listened for T 2 again, if the rescue terminal has not been able to establish a connection with other rescue terminals, it means that the rescuers have probably not been able to get close. If there is no rescue terminal in the trapped person or the surrounding environment, the rescue terminal will execute step S110; if the rescue terminal successfully establishes a link with the rescue terminal in the second slicing cycle, the rescue terminal can execute step S109.
  • the rescue terminal sends the rescue information to the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can send the rescue information to the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can automatically send the user's personal information shown in (B) in Figure 3 to the rescue terminal; or, the rescue terminal can also respond to other operations with the user by sending other rescue information (such as being number of people trapped, trapped location, etc.) to the rescue terminal.
  • This application does not limit the comparison.
  • the rescue terminal enters the dormant state until the next cycle starts.
  • the rescue terminal After the second slicing period of T 2 ends, if the rescue terminal has not been able to establish connections with other rescue terminals, it means that the rescuers have probably not been able to get close to the trapped person. In order to save power, the rescue terminal will Long periods of dormancy. For example, if the rescue terminal continuously listens for T 2 at the beginning of each search and rescue cycle (that is, as shown in (A) in Figure 4, the start time of the first slicing cycle is the start time of the entire search and rescue work cycle. ), then if the rescue terminal fails to establish connections with other rescue terminals after the second slice period of T 2 ends, the rescue terminal will perform a sleep period of (T 0 -2T 2 -T b ) until The next search and rescue cycle begins.
  • FIG 10 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method can be implemented based on the above-mentioned electronic device 100 or electronic device 200 operating in a low-power distress mode.
  • the terminal used to implement this method can be called a low-power rescue terminal.
  • the low-power rescue terminal periodically performs search and rescue work, and has Effectively planning the proportion of its transmitting, listening, and sleeping time in a search and rescue work cycle. While saving the power of the rescue terminal, any effective terminal that is around the rescue terminal and is in "powerful rescue" will send out emergency rescue link building The request frame will be fed back and the link establishment will be completed.
  • the synchronization frame will also be captured within a period of time due to the offset of the emergency rescue frame period, and then an access attempt will be made on the access channel indicated by the synchronization frame.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of this application may include:
  • the rescue terminal wakes up from the sleep state and starts working with a period of (T 0 + T 1 ).
  • the above-mentioned rescue terminal may be the electronic device 100 or the electronic device 200 in the above description.
  • the above-mentioned rescue terminal can receive the user's operation instruction, determine and activate the rescue mode of the above-mentioned rescue terminal to be the low-power rescue mode.
  • T 0 + T 1 the rescue terminal will perform periodic operations with a period of (T 0 + T 1 ). Signal listening, sleeping and other processes.
  • T 1 and T 0 can be any length of time, for example, T 0 can be 8192ms, and T 1 can be 64ms.
  • the rescue terminal continuously listens and periodically sends emergency rescue link establishment request frames.
  • T 2 can be any length of time, such as 512ms.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether it receives signals sent by other devices.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether it has continuously listened for T 1 time.
  • the rescue terminal Before the end of the period corresponding to the above-mentioned T 1 duration, the rescue terminal continues to listen for signals during the above-mentioned T 1 duration.
  • the rescue terminal listens to the signal frame sent by the rescue terminal (the signal frame can be the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal or the synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal).
  • the rescue terminal can then perform subsequent step S205; if the above T 2 time period ends and the rescue terminal has not successfully established a link with other rescue terminals, the rescue terminal will perform subsequent step S208.
  • the rescue terminal selects a corresponding method to access the channel according to the frame format of the received signal.
  • the signal sent by the rescue terminal received by the rescue terminal may include: an emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal and a synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal.
  • different signal frames have different frame formats.
  • the rescue terminal can identify the type of signal according to the frame format of the signal it receives, and adopt the corresponding link establishment method to establish a link with the rescue terminal; for details, please refer to the above-mentioned Figure 7 and Figure 7. The relevant instructions for 8 will not be repeated here.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether the link establishment is successful.
  • the rescue terminal After receiving the signal sent by the rescue terminal and trying to establish a link with the rescue terminal with the support of the signal, if the rescue terminal successfully establishes a link with the rescue terminal, the rescue terminal can perform step S207; if the rescue terminal receives the link sent by the rescue terminal After receiving the signal, due to some other reasons (such as signal delay, interference between signals, etc.), the link between the two terminals failed to be successfully established. If the rescue terminal has not continuously listened for T 1 time at this time, then When the listening time has not reached the upper Before the T 1 time period, the rescue terminal will continue to listen to the continuous alternate listening signal and send emergency rescue link establishment request frames, and continue to work according to the execution process of steps S202 to S206.
  • the rescue terminal sends the rescue information to the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can send the rescue information to the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can send the rescue information to the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal enters the dormant state until the next cycle starts.
  • the rescue terminal After the period corresponding to the above-mentioned T 1 duration ends, if the rescue terminal has not been able to establish connections with other rescue terminals, in order to save power, the rescue terminal will enter a long-term sleep state. For example, if the rescue terminal continuously listens for T 1 at the beginning of each search and rescue cycle (that is, as shown in (B) in Figure 4, the time when the rescue terminal starts listening is the start time of the entire search and rescue work cycle. ), then if the rescue terminal fails to establish connections with other rescue terminals after the end of the period corresponding to the above-mentioned T 1 time period, the rescue terminal will sleep for a duration of T 0 until the next search and rescue work cycle begins.
  • the duration T 1 in a complete search and rescue working cycle (T 0 + T 1 ) of the rescue terminal in low-power mode can be regarded as the post-processing duration between two consecutive search and rescue working cycles T 0 .
  • This post-post duration can prevent the electronic device from being used as a rescue terminal.
  • the surrounding rescue terminals in basic rescue mode are also in their own sleep period, causing the link establishment to fail.
  • Figure 11 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This method can be implemented based on the above-mentioned electronic device 100 or electronic device 200 operating in the powerful rescue mode.
  • the terminal used to implement this method can be called a powerful rescue terminal.
  • the powerful rescue terminal periodically performs search and rescue work, and effectively plans the time it takes to launch, listen, and sleep in a search and rescue work cycle. Compared with this, it can quickly establish a communication connection with the rescue terminal in the powerful rescue mode and the basic rescue mode.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of this application may include:
  • the rescue terminal wakes up from the sleep state and starts working with a period of T 0 .
  • the above-mentioned rescue terminal may be the electronic device 100 or the electronic device 200 in the above description.
  • the above-mentioned rescue terminal can receive the user's operation instruction, determine and start the rescue mode of the above-mentioned rescue terminal as the powerful rescue mode.
  • T 0 can be any length of time, such as 8192ms.
  • the rescue terminal is the master node or the synchronization node.
  • the rescue terminal sends a synchronization frame.
  • the rescue terminal When the rescue terminal itself is the master node or synchronization node of the ad hoc network, it will periodically send synchronization frames on the broadcast channel.
  • the rescue terminal can initiate access on the random access channel indicated by the synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal.
  • the synchronization frame contains the precise timestamp and node information of the sending node.
  • the device that receives the synchronization frame (such as a rescue terminal) can calculate the time-frequency position of each working channel of the sending node through the above-mentioned precise timestamp and node information and calculate the time-frequency position of each working channel of the sending node. Establish a connection with the sending node at the corresponding time and frequency position.
  • the transmission cycle duration of the synchronization frame may be T2 duration.
  • the rescue terminal is not automatically In the case of the master node or synchronization node of the network, the rescue terminal will only send out the emergency rescue link establishment request frame and the emergency rescue link establishment request response frame, but will not send out the synchronization frame, that is, the rescue terminal will not execute this function. Step S303.
  • the rescue terminal continuously listens and periodically sends emergency rescue link establishment request frames.
  • the rescue terminal When the rescue terminal ends the sleep state and enters the working cycle, in a complete search and rescue working cycle with a duration of T 0 , the rescue terminal will continue to detect signals in the environment during a certain period of time in the cycle with a duration of T 2 . listen. During this period of time T 2 , the rescue terminal will also periodically actively send out emergency rescue link establishment request frames.
  • This emergency rescue link establishment request frame can be received by the rescue terminal in the environment.
  • the rescue terminal receives After the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, the emergency rescue link establishment response frame can be sent to the rescue terminal to complete the establishment of the communication connection between them.
  • T 2 can be any length of time, such as 512ms.
  • the rescue terminal listens to the signal and sends the emergency rescue link establishment request frame alternately. That is to say, when the rescue terminal is listening for the signal, the rescue terminal will not send the emergency link request frame.
  • Rescue link establishment request frame when the rescue terminal starts sending the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, the rescue terminal will also temporarily suspend the process of listening to the signal. For the specific process, please refer to the above-mentioned description of (C) in Figure 4 .
  • the rescue terminal determines whether it receives signals sent by other devices.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether it has continuously listened for T 2 time.
  • the rescue terminal continues to alternately listen for signals and send emergency rescue link establishment request frames within the above T 2 time period.
  • the rescue terminal listens to the signal frame sent by the rescue terminal (the signal frame can be the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal, the response received by the rescue terminal after receiving the synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal)
  • the rescue terminal can then perform subsequent steps S307; if the above T 2 duration corresponds to When the period ends and the rescue terminal fails to successfully establish links with other rescue terminals, the rescue terminal will perform subsequent step S309.
  • the rescue terminal selects a corresponding method to access the channel according to the frame format of the received signal.
  • the signal sent by the rescue terminal received by the rescue terminal may include: an emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal, a response frame sent by the rescue terminal after receiving the synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal, or a response frame received by the rescue terminal.
  • the emergency rescue link establishment response frame is replied after the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal.
  • different signal frames have different frame formats.
  • the rescue terminal can identify the type of signal according to the frame format of the signal it receives, and adopt a corresponding link establishment method to establish a link with the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal After receiving the signal sent by the rescue equipment, the rescue terminal can select the corresponding method to access the channel according to the frame format of the signal. For details, reference may be made to the foregoing relevant descriptions of Figures 5 and 7, and will not be described again here.
  • the rescue terminal can also receive the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by other rescue terminals, the rescue terminal can also distinguish whether the emergency rescue link establishment request frame is sent by other rescue terminals or the rescue terminal through the frame format.
  • the rescue terminal can ignore the emergency rescue link establishment request frame and do not process it.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether the link establishment is successful.
  • step S311 After receiving the signal sent by the rescue terminal and trying to establish a link with the rescue terminal with the support of the signal, if the rescue terminal successfully establishes a link with the rescue terminal, the rescue terminal can perform step S311; if the rescue terminal receives the link sent by the rescue terminal After receiving the signal, due to some other reasons (such as signal delay, interference between signals, etc.), the two terminals The link between the two terminals failed to be successfully established. If the rescue terminal has not continuously listened for T 2 at this time, the rescue terminal will continue to listen for continuous alternate listening signals and send signals before the listening time reaches the above T 2 duration. Emergency rescue link establishment request frame, and continue working according to the execution process of step S302 to step S308.
  • this search and rescue work cycle may include two slicing cycles with a duration of T 2 , and the aforementioned steps S302 to S306 are all completed in the first slicing cycle.
  • the rescue terminal fails to establish connections with other rescue terminals in the first slicing cycle, it may be because the rescue terminal and the rescue terminal have been receiving signals synchronously or sending signals synchronously during their respective search and rescue working cycles, resulting in The two terminals cannot successfully establish a link.
  • the rescue terminal in the powerful rescue mode will be biased backward by a duration in the second slicing cycle, that is, the aforementioned duration T b , within the second slicing cycle, the rescue terminal can successfully and in the powerful rescue mode Call for help and establish a link with the terminal.
  • a duration in the second slicing cycle that is, the aforementioned duration T b
  • the rescue terminal can successfully and in the powerful rescue mode Call for help and establish a link with the terminal.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether the link establishment is successful.
  • the rescue terminal After the second slicing period of T 2 ends, that is, after the rescue terminal has continued to listen for T 2 again, if the rescue terminal has not been able to establish a connection with other rescue terminals, it means that the rescuers have probably not been able to get close.
  • the rescue terminal will execute step S312; if the rescue terminal successfully establishes a link with the rescue terminal within the second slicing cycle, the rescue terminal can execute step S311.
  • the rescue terminal receives the information sent by the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can receive the rescue terminal sent by the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can receive the rescue terminal sent by the rescue terminal. information. For details, reference may be made to the foregoing description of step S109, which will not be described again here.
  • the rescue terminal enters the dormant state until the next cycle starts.
  • the rescue terminal After the second slicing period of T 2 ends, if the rescue terminal has not been able to establish connections with other rescue terminals, it means that the rescuers have probably not been able to get close to the trapped person, and the rescue terminal can enter a longer period of time. Sleep state. For example, if the rescue terminal continuously listens for T 2 at the beginning of each search and rescue cycle (that is, as shown in (C) in Figure 4, the start time of the first slicing cycle is the start time of the entire search and rescue work cycle. ), then if the rescue terminal fails to establish connections with other rescue terminals after the second slice period of T 2 ends, the rescue terminal will perform a dormant period of (T 0 -2T 2 ) until the next search and rescue The work cycle begins.
  • Figure 12 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method can be implemented based on the above-mentioned electronic device 100 or electronic device 200 in the working mode of the basic rescue mode.
  • the terminal used to implement this method can be called a basic rescue terminal.
  • the basic rescue terminal When implementing this method, the basic rescue terminal periodically performs search and rescue work, and can relatively quickly and in a strong rescue mode on the premise of greatly saving the power of the rescue terminal. Establish a communication connection with the rescue terminal below.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of this application may include:
  • the rescue terminal wakes up from the sleep state and starts working with a period of T 0 .
  • the above-mentioned rescue terminal may be the electronic device 100 or the electronic device 200 in the above description.
  • the above-mentioned rescue terminal can receive the user's operation instructions, determine and start the rescue mode of the above-mentioned rescue terminal. This is the basic rescue mode.
  • T 0 can be any length of time, such as 8192ms.
  • the rescue terminal sends a synchronization frame.
  • steps S402 to S403 please refer to the related descriptions of steps S302 to S303 mentioned above, and will not be described again here.
  • T 2 can be any duration, such as 512ms; T 1 can be any duration shorter than T 2 , such as 64ms.
  • T 2 can be any duration, such as 512ms; T 1 can be any duration shorter than T 2 , such as 64ms.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether it receives signals sent by other devices.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether it has continuously listened for T 1 time.
  • the rescue terminal listens for signals within the above T 1 time period.
  • the rescue terminal listens to the signal frame sent by the rescue terminal (the signal frame can be the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal, or the rescue terminal replies after receiving the synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal) access request signal), the rescue terminal can then perform subsequent step S407; if the period corresponding to the above-mentioned T1 duration ends and the rescue terminal has not successfully established a link with other rescue terminals, the rescue terminal will perform subsequent step S409.
  • the rescue terminal selects a corresponding method to access the channel according to the frame format of the received signal.
  • the signal sent by the rescue terminal received by the rescue terminal in the basic rescue mode includes an emergency rescue link establishment request frame or a response frame that the rescue terminal replies after receiving the synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can adopt the corresponding link establishment method to establish a link with the rescue terminal according to the frame format of the received signal.
  • the rescue terminal can also receive the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by other rescue terminals, the rescue terminal can also distinguish whether the emergency rescue link establishment request frame is sent by other rescue terminals or the rescue terminal through the frame format.
  • the rescue terminal can ignore the emergency rescue link establishment request frame and do not process it.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether the link establishment is successful.
  • the rescue terminal After receiving the signal sent by the rescue terminal and trying to establish a link with the rescue terminal with the support of the signal, if the rescue terminal successfully establishes a link with the rescue terminal, the rescue terminal can perform step S411; if the rescue terminal receives the link sent by the rescue terminal After receiving the signal, due to some other reasons (such as signal delay, interference between signals, etc.), the link between the two terminals failed to be successfully established. If the rescue terminal has not continuously listened for T 1 at this time, it will Before the listening time reaches the above-mentioned T 1 time period, the rescue terminal will continue to listen to the continuous listening signal and continue to work according to the execution process of step S402 to step S408.
  • the rescue terminal tries again for the T 2 time period. Within the T 2 time period, the rescue terminal continues to listen for the T1 time period again.
  • the rescue terminal When the rescue terminal has been continuously listening for a period of T 1 and has not been able to establish a connection with other rescue terminals, the rescue terminal will end at the end of the period corresponding to the first period of T 2 and in the same period of the next period of T 2 . Try listening again for T 1 duration. It should be understood that in this search and rescue work cycle, it may include two slicing cycles with a duration of T 2 , and the aforementioned steps S402 to S406 are all completed in the first slicing cycle.
  • the rescue terminal fails to establish connections with other rescue terminals in the first slicing cycle, it may be because when the terminal in the low-power rescue mode is listening for signals, the surrounding rescue terminals in the basic rescue mode happen to be sleeping.
  • the rescue terminal determines whether the link establishment is successful.
  • the rescue terminal After the second slicing period of T 1 ends, that is, after the rescue terminal has continued to listen for T 1 again, if the rescue terminal has not been able to establish a connection with other rescue terminals, it means that the rescuers have probably not been able to get close.
  • the rescue terminal will execute step S412; if the rescue terminal successfully establishes a link with the rescue terminal within the second slicing cycle, the rescue terminal can execute step S411.
  • the rescue terminal receives the information sent by the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can receive the rescue terminal sent by the rescue terminal.
  • the rescue terminal can receive the rescue terminal sent by the rescue terminal. information. For details, reference may be made to the foregoing description of step S109, which will not be described again here.
  • the rescue terminal enters the dormant state until the next cycle starts.
  • the rescue terminal After the second slicing period of T 2 ends, if the rescue terminal has not been able to establish connections with other rescue terminals, it means that the rescuers have probably not been able to get close to the trapped person, and the rescue terminal can enter the dormant state. For example, as shown in (D) in Figure 4 , the rescue terminal will perform a sleep period of (T 0 -2T 2 ) until the next search and rescue work cycle begins.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a search and rescue system, which includes a rescue terminal 1301 and a rescue terminal 1302.
  • the rescue terminal 1301 may be the aforementioned electronic device 100; the rescue terminal 1302 may be the aforementioned electronic device 200.
  • the rescue terminal 1301 can work in a powerful rescue mode or a low-power rescue mode; the rescue terminal 1302 can work in a powerful rescue mode or a basic rescue mode.
  • the link establishment process between the two terminals can be as shown in (A), (B) and (C) in Figure 13
  • One or more of the link building methods are used to complete the process. in:
  • the rescue terminal 1301 after receiving the synchronization frame sent by the rescue terminal, the rescue terminal 1301 sends an access request on the random access channel indicated by the synchronization frame.
  • An open system is used between the rescue terminal 1301 and the rescue terminal 1302.
  • the authentication method includes two steps: open system access request (Msg1) and access response (Msg2), and does not require authentication.
  • the rescue terminal 1301 after receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal 1302, the rescue terminal 1301 reads the timestamp (timestamp) indicated by the rescue terminal from the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, and sends it to The rescue terminal 1302 replies to the emergency rescue link establishment response frame. After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment response frame, the rescue terminal 1302 listens on all subsequent access channels and emergency rescue channels. The rescue terminal 1301 calculates the access channel and rescue channel based on the above timestamp. The location of the rescue channel is determined, and random access is initiated on the access channel and rescue channel to complete the link establishment. In this method, random access can use the open system authentication method, which includes the two steps of open system access request (Msg1) and access response (Msg2), and does not require authentication.
  • Msg1 open system access request
  • Msg2 access response
  • the rescue terminal 1302 after receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame sent by the rescue terminal 1301 , the rescue terminal 1302 replies with an emergency rescue link establishment response frame, and the emergency rescue link establishment response frame contains a timestamp. After receiving the emergency rescue link establishment request frame, the rescue terminal 1302 listens on all subsequent access channels and emergency rescue channels. The rescue terminal 1301 calculates the positions of the access channel and the rescue channel based on the above timestamp, and initiates random access on the access channel and the rescue channel to complete the link establishment.
  • the open system authentication method can be used for random access, which includes the two steps of open system access request (Msg1) and access response (Msg2), and does not require authentication.
  • the link building process between the two terminals can be completed as shown in (A), (B) and (C) in Figure 13 .
  • the link establishment process between the two terminals can be completed as shown in (A) and (C) in Figure 13.
  • the link establishment process between the two terminals can be completed as shown in (A) in Figure 13 .
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide an electronic device, which includes: one or more processors and a memory; wherein the memory is coupled to the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program codes,
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions that are invoked by the one or more processors to cause the electronic device to perform the methods shown in the aforementioned embodiments.
  • the term “when” may be interpreted to mean “if" or “after” or “in response to determining" or “in response to detecting" depending on the context.
  • the phrase “when determining" or “if (stated condition or event) is detected” may be interpreted to mean “if it is determined" or “in response to determining" or “on detecting (stated condition or event)” or “in response to detecting (stated condition or event)”.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated.
  • the available media It may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state drive), etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Emergency Management (AREA)
  • Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

一种通信方法、通信系统及电子设备。在通信过程中，该电子设备可以根据用户所选的工作模式控制电子设备用于发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比，并通过规划电子设备的工作周期来与处于不同工作模式下的其它电子设备建立通信连接；在节约电子设备电能的同时，能有效克服两个电子设备之间因为周期工作同步而无法成功建链的情况，提高电子设备与其他设备的建链成功率。

Description

通信方法、通信系统及电子设备
本申请要求于2022年05月25日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210576424.7、申请名称为“通信方法、通信系统及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及终端技术领域，尤其涉及通信方法、通信系统及电子设备。
背景技术
由于人们的工作和娱乐需求，经常会有人受困于山岳、地下等地势复杂且无公网信号覆盖的区域。此时，求救者和救援者可以通过移动终端建立设备间通信链路，完成救援沟通。
但是求救者或救援者所持的移动终端大多都为手机、平板此类电池容量较小的终端，而对被困者的搜救往往需要经历很漫长的过程。在这个过程中，如果求救者或救援者所持的移动终端因电量耗尽而关机的话，搜救进程就会受阻甚至失败。
因此，在搜救过程，如何让求救者或救援者所持的移动终端更为持久地工作，是本领域亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请的目的在于提供通信方法、通信系统及电子设备。电子设备可以根据用户所选的工作模式控制电子设备用于发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比，并通过规划电子设备的工作周期来与处于不同工作模式下的其他电子设备建立通信连接；在节约电子设备电能的同时，能有效克服两个电子设备之间因为周期工作同步而无法成功建链的情况，提高电子设备与其他设备的建链成功率。
上述目标和其他目标将通过独立权利要求中的特征来达成。进一步的实现方式在从属权利要求、说明书和附图中体现。
第一方面，本申请提供了一种通信方法，所述方法应用于第一终端，所述方法包括：接收用户的操作指令，确定并启动所述第一终端的求救模式，所述求救模式包括低功耗求救模式和强力求救模式；所述第一终端与第二终端建立第一网络链路；其中，所述第二终端处于基础救援模式或强力救援模式；在相同工作时长内，所述第一终端在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗；所述第二终端在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗。
在本方法中，所述第一终端可以被称为求救终端，所述第二终端可以被称为救援终端；且在本方法中，所述第一终端可以以低功耗求救模式或者强力求救模式工作，当其以低功耗求救模式工作时，其可以称为低功耗求救终端；当其以强力求救模式工作时，其可以被称为强力求救终端。同理，所述第二终端可以以基础救援模式或者强力求救模式工作，当其以基础救援模式工作时，其可以称为基础救援终端；当其以强力救援模式工作时，其可 以被称为强力救援终端。
在所述第一终端在与所述第二终端尝试建立通信连接的过程中，处于低功耗求救模式下的所述第一终端可以执行侦听信号和休眠等工作过程，处于强力求救模式下的第一终端可以执行侦听信号、发送信号和休眠等工作过程；可以理解的，相比于持续性的收发信号，本方法中的第一终端以及第二终端通过调整其在建链(即建立通信连接)过程中用于发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比，可以有效减少两个终端在建链过程中对电能的消耗，防止两个终端在建链之前即耗尽电量导致建链失败。此外，对于求救终端的两个工作模式(即低功耗求救模式以及强力求救模式)以及救援终端的两个工作模式(即基础救援模式以及强力救援模式)而言，其最大的区别在于终端外发信号的时长在其整个工作周期中的占比，其中，低功耗求救模式下第一终端不会向外发送求救信号，基础救援模式下第二终端不会向外发送救援信号(但可能会发送同步信号)。由于在相同时间内终端侦听信号所耗电能远小于终端外发信号所耗电能。因此，在本申请实施例中，所述第一终端在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗；所述第二终端在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗。在所述第一终端电量过低时，被困人员可以采用所述低功耗求救模式进行求救，减小所述第一终端的电量消耗速率以提高搜救的成功率。
此外，在方法中，所述第一网络链路可用于构造所述第一终端和所述第二终端之间的通信网络。该通信网络可以支持所述第一终端和所述第二终端这两个节点之间直接进行通信，即在通信时，所述第一终端和所述第二终端均无需借助于蜂窝网络、无线网络等局域网或者广域网完成二者之间的通信过程。
结合第一方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，当所述第一终端处于所述强力求救模式时，所述第一终端以第一时长为周期交替发送第一信号和侦听所述第二终端发送的第二信号，在每个周期中至少包含两组所述第一终端交替执行侦听和发送的操作；所述两组所述第一终端交替执行侦听和发送的操作之间间隔第二时长，所述第二时长小于所述第一终端发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号所需时长之和；所述第一信号和所述第二信号用于与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；当所述第一终端处于所述低功耗求救模式时，所述第一终端侦听环境中是否存所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号，所述第一终端执行侦听的持续时间为第三时长；若未侦听到，则所述第一终端以侦听结束的时刻间隔第四时长并偏移第五时长再次侦听环境中是否存在所述第二信号，直到所述第一终端侦听到所述第二信号。
可以理解的，相比于持续性的收发信号，本方法中的第一终端以及第二终端通过调整其在建链(即建立通信连接)过程中用于发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比，可以有效减少两个终端在建链过程中对电能的消耗，防止两个终端在建链之前即耗尽电量导致建链失败。但是，由于建链过程中两个终端均存在休眠时期，且所述第一终端和所述第二终端可能处于同步侦听信号或者同步发送信号的状态；例如，若在所述第一终端侦听信号(或者发送信号)的过程中，所述第二终端也正好处于侦听信号状态(或者发送信号)或者处于休眠状态，则所述第一终端将无法成功侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号，两个终端之间也就无法成功建立通信链接；若所述第一终端侦听信号的周期与所述第二终端发送所述第一信号的周期相同，则所述第一终端与所述第二终端在后续的每个周期中可 能均无法成功建立通信链接。
因此，在本实施方式中，在所述第一终端处于强力求救模式的情况下，所述第一终端在每一个工作周期中可以至少执行两组交替侦听和发送的操作，且这两组交替侦听和发送的操作存在一个偏置时长(即所述第二时长)，且所述偏置时长小于所述第一终端侦听所述第一信号和发送所述第二信号所需时长之和。可以理解的，当所述第二终端以强力救援模式工作时，假如在某个周期内其在第一段交替侦听和发送信号的时段与所述第一终端在第一段交替侦听和发送信号的时段相同(即第一终端发送第二信号的过程中第二终端也在发送第一信号，第一终端侦听第一信号的过程中第二终端也在侦听信号)，则由于所述第一终端在第二段交替侦听和发送信号的时段会将侦听和发送所述信号的时段进行偏置，而所述第一终端在第二段交替侦听和发送信号的时段并不会进行此类操作，因此，在所述第一终端在第二段交替侦听和发送信号的时段中，当所述第一终端侦听第一信号的过程中，所述第二终端正处于发送第一信号的状态；若在所述第一终端发送第二信号的过程中，所述第二终端正处于发送第二信号状态，这样，两个终端即可成功建立通信连接。
同理，在所述第一终端处于低功耗求救模式的情况下，当所述第一终端在未能侦听到所述第二终端发送的第一信号时，所述第一终端则以侦听结束的时刻间隔第三时长并偏移第四时长再次侦听环境中是否存所述第二终端发送的所述第一信号，直到侦听到所述第二终端发送的第一信号为止。所述偏移第四时长可以是所述第一终端在所述侦听结束的时刻进入休眠状态，休眠第三时长后，紧接着继续休眠第四时长。这样，可以避免所述第一终端每次侦听信号的时刻均与所述第二终端发送信号的时刻错开，在节约第一终端与第二终端的电能的同时确保这两个终端可以成功建链。
结合第一方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端与第二终端建立第一网络链路，包括：所述第一终端侦听到处于所述强力救援模式下的所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号之后，向所述第二终端回复响应信号；当所述第二终端在所述响应信号的指示下接入信道后，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；所述第二信号为用于请求与所述第一终端建立通信连接的第二请求信号；或，所述第一终端侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号之后，在所述第二信号指示的信道向所述第二终端发送接入请求；当所述第二终端响应所述接入请求后，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；所述第二信号为所述第二终端发送的同步信号；或，处于所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端发送的所述第一信号被所述第二终端侦听到之后，所述第一终端在所述第二终端回复的响应信号的指示下接入信道，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；所述第一信号为所述第一终端发送的用于请求与所述第二终端建立通信连接的第一请求信号。
在本实施方式中，所述第二终端可以为同步节点或者主节点，所述第二终端可以处于基础救援模式的终端，其会周期性地向外发送同步信号并侦听所述第一信号；此外，所述第二终端还可以为处于强力救援模式的终端，其会周期性地向外发送同步信号或所述第二请求信号并侦听所述第一信号。因此，在本实施方式中，所述第二信号可以为所述第二终端发送的同步信号或第二请求信号。在本申请的一些实施例中，所述第一请求信号和所述第二请求信号也可以被称为紧急救援建链请求帧(这里的第二请求信号和第一终端发送的第一请求信号在帧格式上是不一样的，具体请参考后续相关说明，这里不作赘述)。
所述第一终端侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述第二请求信号之后，所述第一终端可以回复响应信号，并在此后所有的接入信道及紧急救援信道上进行侦听。所述第一终端可以计算接入信道及救援信道位置，在接入信道及救援信道上发起随机接入完成建链。两个终端之间采用开放系统认证方式，包含开放系统接入请求和接入响应两步，不需要鉴权。
或者，第二终端发送的同步信号被所述第一终端接收到所述之后，所述第一终端可以在所述同步信号指示的随机接入信道发送接入请求，两个终端之间采用开放系统认证方式，包含开放系统接入请求和接入响应两步，不需要鉴权。在所述第二终端响应所述接入请求后，所述第一终端与所述第二终端之间即可以建立所述第一网络链路。
或者，所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求信号被所述第二终端侦听到之后，所述第二终端可以回复响应信号，并在此后所有的接入信道及紧急救援信道上进行侦听；在本申请的一些实施例中，所述响应信号也可以被称为紧急救援建链响应帧。所述第二终端可以计算接入信道及救援信道位置，在接入信道及救援信道上发起随机接入完成建链。两个终端之间采用开放系统认证方式，包含开放系统接入请求和接入响应两步，不需要鉴权。
结合第一方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，当所述第一终端处于所述强力求救模式时，所述第一终端以第一时长为周期发送第一信号和侦听所述第二终端发送的第二信号，包括：在每个周期中对应的第一时段内，所述第一终端连续交替发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号，持续第六时长；若所述第一终端未能在所述第一时段内侦听到所述第二信号，且所述第二终端未能在所述第一时段内收到所述第一信号，则所述第一终端在以所述第一时段结束的时刻进入休眠状态，经所述第二时长后，在每个周期中对应的第二时段内，所述第一终端连续交替发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号，持续第七时长；当所述第一终端处于所述低功耗求救模式时，所述第一终端以侦听结束的时刻间隔第四时长并偏移第五时长再次侦听环境中是否存在所述第二信号，包括：所述第一终端在所述侦听结束的时刻进入休眠状态；经所述第四时长和所述第五时长后，所述第一终端从所述休眠状态唤醒，再次侦听环境中是否存在所述第二信号，所述第一终端执行侦听的持续时间为所述第三时长。
在本实施方式中，当所述第一终端处于强力求救模式时，若第一终端未能在所述第一时段监听到所述第一信号，且所述第二终端未能在所述第一时段内收到所述第二信号，所述第一终端将在每次侦听结束的时刻，进入休眠状态，在所述休眠状态下，所述第一终端不再进行信号的侦听和发送。直至经过所述第八时长，休眠结束，所述第一终端再次连续交替侦听所述第一信号和发送所述第二信号。这样可以避免两个终端由于对信号的收发时段重叠导致建链失败的情况，所述第一终端能够尽可能快地与所述第二终端建链成功。
当所述第一终端处于低功耗求救模式时，在所述第一终端在未能侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述第一信号的情况下，所述第一终端将在每次侦听结束的时刻，将进入以所述第四时长与所述第五时长为之和为时期的休眠状态，在所述休眠状态下，所述第一终端不再进行信号的侦听。直至休眠结束，所述第一终端继续侦听信号，持续侦听的时长也为所述第三时长。即，所述第一终端在与所述第二终端成功建链之前，所述第一终端每一次进行侦听的时间均为所述第三时长。这样，由于所述第二终端发送所述第一信号的周期不变，则所述第一终端能够尽可能快地与所述第二终端建链成功。
结合第一方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，所述第六时长等于所述第七时长，和/或，第八时长为所述第七时长的两倍；所述第八时长为在所述强力求救模式下，所述第一终端发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号所需时长之和。
在本实施方式中，处于强力求救模式下的所述第一终端在每个工作周期中用于交替侦听所述第一信号和发送所述第二信号的两段时长(即所述第六时长和所述第七时长)相同。此外，这两段时长之间的偏置时长(即所述第二时长)可以为侦听一次所述第一信号和发送一次所述第二信号的时长之和(即所述第八时长)的一半。这样，若第一终端未能在所述第一时段监听到所述第一信号，且所述第二终端未能在所述第一时段内收到所述第二信号，所述第一终端可以尽快地通过所述偏移的操作在所述第二时段将发送和侦听的时段与所述第二终端发送和侦听的时段错开，尽可能保证两个终端能在所述第二时段建链成功，有利于进一步缩短两个终端完成建链所需的时间。
结合第一方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，所述第三时长等于所述第五时长，和/或，所述第三时长等于所述第八时长。
在本实施方式中，处于低功耗求救模式下所述第一终端每次执行侦听信号的时长(即所述第三时长)与其每次偏移的时长(即所述第五时长)相同。此外，所述第一终端每次交替执行一次侦听和发送信号的时长(即所述第八时长)和也可以与所述第三时长相同。这样，在所述第一终端未能侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述第一信号的情况下，所述第一终端可以尽快地通过所述偏移的操作与在后续周期中缩短其侦听的时段与所述第二终端发送信号的时段之间的时差，直至与所述第二终端建链成功。且若所述第二终端每次交替执行一次侦听和发送信号的时长(该时长也等于所述第八时长)和与所述第三时长相同，那么只要所述第一终端侦听所述第一信号的时段包含于所述第二终端交替执行侦听和发送的操作的时段中，则所述第一终端必然能侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述第一信号，有利于进一步缩短两个终端完成建链所需的时间。
第二方面，本申请提供了一种通信方法，所述方法应用于第二终端，所述方法包括：接收用户的操作指令，确定并启动所述第二终端的救援模式，所述救援模式包括基础救援模式和强力求救模式；所述第二终端与第一终端建立第一网络链路；其中，所述第一终端处于低功耗求救模式或强力求救模式；在相同工作时长下，所述第二终端在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗，所述第一终端在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗。
在本方法中，所述第二终端可以被称为救援终端，所述第一终端可以被称为求救终端；且在本方法中，所述第二终端可以以基础救援模式或者强力求救模式工作，当其以基础救援模式工作时，其可以称为基础救援终端；当其以强力救援模式工作时，其可以被称为强力救援终端。同理，所述第一终端可以以低功耗求救模式或者强力求救模式工作，当其以低功耗求救模式工作时，其可以称为低功耗求救终端；当其以强力求救模式工作时，其可以被称为强力求救终端。
在所述第二终端在与所述第一终端尝试建立第一网络链路的过程中，处于基础求救模式下的所述第二终端的可以执行侦听信号和休眠等工作过程，处于强力救援模式下的第二终端可以执行侦听信号、发送信号和休眠等工作过程；可以理解的，相比于持续性的收发 信号，本方法中的第一终端以及第二终端通过调整其在建链(即建立通信连接)过程中用于发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比，可以有效减少两个终端在建链过程中对电能的消耗，防止两个终端在建链之前即耗尽电量导致建链失败。此外，对于救援终端的两个工作模式(即基础救援模式以及强力救援模式)以及求救终端的两个工作模式(即低功耗求救模式以及强力求救模式)而言，其最大的区别在于终端外发信号的时长在其整个工作周期中的占比，其中，低功耗求救模式下第一终端不会向外发送求救信号，基础救援模式下第二终端不会向外发送救援信号(但可能会发送同步信号)。由于在相同时间内终端侦听信号所耗电能远小于终端外发信号所耗电能，因此，在本申请实施例中，所述第二终端在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗；所述第一终端在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗。在所述第二终端电量过低时，搜救人员可以采用所述基础救援模式进行求救，减小所述第二终端的电量消耗速率以提高搜救的成功率。
此外，在方法中，所述第一网络链路可用于构造所述第一终端和所述第二终端之间的通信网络。该通信网络可以支持所述第一终端和所述第二终端这两个节点之间直接进行通信，即在通信时，所述第一终端和所述第二终端均无需借助于蜂窝网络、无线网络等局域网或者广域网完成二者之间的通信过程。
结合第二方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，当所述第二终端处于所述强力救援模式时，所述第二终端以第一时长为周期交替发送第二信号和侦听第一信号，所述第二终端在每个周期内交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号的持续时间为第九时长；所述第二信号包括第二请求信号和同步信号；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号且所述第二信号未能被第一终端侦听到，则所述第二终端休眠第十时长至当前周期结束，再次交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号或所述第二信号被所述第一终端侦听到；所述第二请求信号为所述第二终端发送的用于请求与所述第一终端建立通信连接的信号；所述第一信号为所述第一终端发送的用于请求与所述第二终端建立通信连接的第一请求信号；当所述第二终端处于所述基础救援模式时，所述第二终端以所述第一时长为周期侦听所述第一信号；且在每个周期中至少包含一个所述第二终端侦听所述第一信号的时段；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号，则所述第二终端休眠所述第十时长至当前周期结束，再次侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号。
可以理解的，相比于持续性的收发信号，本方法中的第一终端以及第二终端通过调整其在建链(即建立通信连接)过程中用于发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比，可以有效减少两个终端在建链过程中对电能的消耗，防止两个终端在建链之前即耗尽电量导致建链失败。但是，由于建链过程中两个终端均存在休眠时期，且所述第一终端和所述第二终端可能处于同步侦听信号或者同步发送信号的状态；例如，若在所述第一终端侦听信号(或者发送信号)的过程中，所述第二终端也正好处于侦听信号状态(或者发送信号)或者处于休眠状态，则所述第一终端将无法成功侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号，两个终端之间也就无法成功建立通信链接；若所述第一终端侦听信号的周期与所述第二终端发送所述第一信号的周期相同，则所述第一终端与所述第二终端在后续的每个周期中可 能均无法成功建立通信链接。
因此，结合前述说明可知，为克服上述缺陷，在所述第一终端处于强力求救模式的情况下，所述第一终端在每一个工作周期中可以至少执行两组交替侦听和发送的操作，且这两组交替侦听和发送的操作存在一个偏置时长(即所述第二时长)，且所述偏置时长小于所述第一终端侦听所述第一信号和发送所述第二信号所需时长之和。同理，在所述第一终端处于低功耗求救模式的情况下，当所述第一终端在未能侦听到所述第二终端发送的第一信号时，所述第一终端则以侦听结束的时刻间隔第三时长并偏移第四时长再次侦听环境中是否存所述第二终端发送的所述第一信号，直到侦听到所述第二终端发送的第一信号为止。所述偏移第四时长可以是所述第一终端在所述侦听结束的时刻进入休眠状态，休眠第三时长后，紧接着继续休眠第四时长。这样，可以避免所述第一终端每次侦听信号的时刻均与所述第二终端发送信号的时刻错开，在节约第一终端与第二终端的电能的同时确保这两个终端可以成功建链。
因此，为配合所述第一终端的工作流程，当所述第二终端处于强力救援模式时，所述第二终端以第一时长为周期交替发送第二信号和侦听第一信号，持续时间为第九时长；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号且所述第二信号未能被第一终端侦听到，则所述第二终端休眠第十时长至当前周期结束，再次交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号或所述第二信号被所述第一终端侦听到。这样处于强力救援模式下的所述第二终端则可以充分配合第一终端(无论其处于强力求救模式还是低功耗求救模式)的工作时序，与第一终端成功建链。
同理，当所述第二终端处于所述基础救援模式时，所述第二终端以所述第一时长为周期侦听所述第一信号；且在每个周期中至少包含一个所述第二终端侦听所述第一信号的时段；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号，则所述第二终端休眠所述第十时长至当前周期结束，再次侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号。这样，处于强力救援模式下的所述第二终端则可以充分配合第一终端(无论其处于强力求救模式还是低功耗求救模式)的工作时序，与第一终端成功建链。
结合第二方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，所述第二终端为在网设备，当所述第二终端处于所述基础救援模式时，所述第二终端还以所述第一时长为周期发送同步信号，且在每个周期内至少包含一次所述第二终端发送所述同步信号的时段。
在本实施方式中，所述第二终端为同步节点或者主节点，其会周期性地向外发送同步信号或请求信号。因此，在本实施方式中，所述第二信号为所述第二终端发送的同步信号或第二请求信号(这里的请求信号和第一终端发送的第一请求信号在帧格式上是不一样的，具体请参考后续相关说明，这里不作赘述)。在本实施方式中，当所述第二终端为处于基础救援模式下的终端时，所述第二终端还是可以向所述第一终端发送同步信号，所述第一终端接收到所述第二终端发送的同步信号之后，所述第一终端可以在所述同步信号指示的随机接入信道发送接入请求，两个终端之间采用开放系统认证方式，包含开放系统接入请求和接入响应两步，不需要鉴权。在所述第二终端响应所述接入请求后，所述第一终端与所述第二终端之间即可以建立所述第一网络链路。
结合第二方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，所述第二终端与第一终端建立第一网络链 路，包括：所述第二终端侦听到处于所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求信号之后，向所述第一终端回复响应信号；当所述第一终端在所述响应信号的指示下接入信道后，所述第二终端与所述第一终端建立所述第一网络链路；或，所述第二终端侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述同步信号之后，在所述同步信号指示的信道向所述第二终端发送接入请求；当所述第二终端响应所述接入请求后，所述第二终端与所述第一终端建立所述第一网络链路；或，处于所述强力救援模式下的所述第二终端发送的所述第二请求信号被所述第一终端侦听到之后，所述第二终端在所述第一终端回复的响应信号的指示下接入信道，所述第二终端与所述第一终端建立所述第一网络链路。
结合第二方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，所述第十时长大于所述第九时长。
所述第十时长为处于所述强力救援模式的所述第二终端在每个周期内休眠的时长，所述第九时长为所述第二终端在每个周期内交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号的持续时长。在本实施方式中，所述第十时长大于所述第九时长，即处于所述强力救援模式所述第二终端在每个周期内工作时间小于休眠时间，有利于进一步节约电能，提高搜救过程的成功率。
第三方面，本申请提供了一种通信系统，所述通信系统包括第一终端和第二终端，当满足第一触发条件时，所述第一终端和所述第二终端建立第一网络链路；所述第一触发条件为下述条件之一：所述第一终端处于强力求救模式且所述第二终端处于强力救援模式；所述第一终端处于强力求救模式且所述第二终端处于基础救援模式；所述第一终端处于低功耗求救模式且所述第二终端处于强力求救模式；所述第一终端处于低功耗求救模式且所述第二终端处于基础求救模式；
在相同工作时长下，所述第二终端在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗，所述第一终端在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗。
结合第三方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，当所述第一终端处于所述强力求救模式时，所述第一终端以第一时长为周期交替发送第一信号和侦听所述第二终端发送的第二信号，在每个周期中至少包含两组所述第一终端交替执行侦听和发送的操作；所述两组所述第一终端交替执行侦听和发送的操作之间间隔第二时长，所述第二时长小于所述第一终端发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号所需时长之和；所述第一信号和所述第二信号用于与所述第二终端建立所述网络链路；当所述第一终端处于所述低功耗求救模式时，所述第一终端侦听环境中是否存所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号，所述第一终端执行侦听的持续时间为第三时长；若未侦听到，则所述第一终端以侦听结束的时刻间隔第四时长并偏移第五时长再次侦听环境中是否存在所述第二信号，直到所述第一终端侦听到所述第二信号；当所述第二终端处于所述强力救援模式时，所述第二终端以所述第一时长为周期交替发送第二信号和侦听第一信号，所述第二终端在每个周期内交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号的持续时间为第九时长；所述第二信号包括第二请求信号和同步信号；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号且所述第二信号未能被第一终端侦听到，则所述第二终端休眠第十时长至当前周期结束，再次交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号或所述第二信号被所述第一终端侦听到；所述 第二请求信号为所述第二终端发送的用于请求与所述第一终端建立通信连接的信号；所述第一信号为所述第一终端发送的用于请求与所述第二终端建立通信连接的第一请求信号；当所述第二终端处于所述基础救援模式时，所述第二终端以所述第一时长为周期侦听所述第一信号；且在每个周期中至少包含一个所述第二终端侦听所述第一信号的时段；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号，则所述第二终端休眠所述第十时长至当前周期结束，再次侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号。
结合第三方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端和所述第二终端建立第一网络链路，包括：处于所述强力救援模式下的所述第二终端发送所述第二信号，处于所述低功耗救援模式或所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端侦听到所述第二信号之后，向所述第二终端回复第一响应信号；所述第二终端在所述第一响应信号的指示下接入信道后，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；所述第二信号为用于请求与所述第一终端建立第一网络链路的第二请求信号；或，第二终端发送第二信号，处于所述低功耗救援模式或所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端侦听到所述第二信号之后，在所述第二信号指示的信道向所述第二终端发送接入请求；所述第二终端响应所述接入请求后，所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；所述第二信号为所述第二终端发送的同步信号；或，处于所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端发送所述第一信号，处于所述低功耗救援模式或所述强力求救模式下的所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号后，向所述第一终端回复第二响应信号，所述第一终端在所述第二响应信号的指示下接入信道，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路。所述第一信号为所述第一终端发送的用于请求与所述第二终端建立第一网络链路的第一请求信号。
第四方面，本申请提供了一种工作模式的选择方法，应用于电子设备，其特征在于，包括：响应于用户指令，显示第一用户界面，所述第一用户界面中包含第一控件、第二控件、第三控件以及第四控件；所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第一控件的第一操作指令，进入强力求救模式；或，所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第二控件的第二操作指令，进入低功耗求救模式；或，所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第三控件的第三操作指令，进入强力救援模式；或，所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第四控件的第四操作指令，进入基础救援模式；在相同工作时长下，所述电子设备在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗，所述电子设备在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗。
结合第四方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，所述第一用户界面还包括第五控件，所述方法还包括：所述电子设备，响应于所述用户对所述第五控件的第五操作指令，根据所述电子设备当前的电量，和/或用户当前的生命体征信息，自动进入所述低功耗求救模式或者所述强力求救模式。
结合第四方面，在一个可能的实施方式中，所述第一用户界面还包括第六控件，所述方法还包括：所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第六控件的第六操作指令，显示第二用户界面，所述第二用户界面包含至少一个文本框和第七控件，所述至少一个文本框用于显示用户的个人信息；所述电子设备相应于用于对所述第七控件的第七操作指令，使所述电子设备保存所至少一个文本框显示的用户的个人信息。
第五方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器和显示屏；所述存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行实现前述第一、或第二方面任一项所描述的方法。
第六方面，本申请提供了一种芯片系统，所述芯片系统应用于电子设备，所述芯片系统包括一个或多个处理器，所述处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行实现前述第一、或第二方面任一项所描述的方法。
第七方面，本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行实现前述第一、或第二方面任一项所描述的方法。
第八方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当所述指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行实现前述第一、或第二方面任一项所描述的方法。
本申请第三至八方面所提供的技术方案，其有益效果可以参考第一、或第二方面所提供的技术方案的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的电子设备100的结构示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的电子设备在不同工作模式下的工作时序图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种求救终端和救援终端之间建链过程的示意图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种求救终端和救援终端之间建链过程的示意图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种求救终端和救援终端之间建链过程的示意图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种求救终端和救援终端之间建链过程的示意图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种搜救系统中两个终端之间建链方式的示意图。
具体实施方式
本申请以下实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的，而并非旨在作为对本申请的限制。如在本申请的说明书和所附权利要求书中所使用的那样，单数表达形式“一个”、“一种”、“所述”、“上述”、“该”和“这一”旨在也包括复数表达形式，除非其上下文中明确地有相反指示。还应当理解，本申请中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个所列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。
由于本申请实施例涉及通信方法、电子设备及通信系统，为了便于理解，下面先对本 申请实施例涉及的相关术语进行介绍。
(1)求救终端和救援终端
在搜救过程中，即使在无公网覆盖的情况下，求救方或搜救方依旧可以通过自身携带的终端设备向另一方发送信号来建立通信连接。在本申请中，将求救方(即被困方)所持的终端称为求救终端，将搜救方所持的终端称为救援终端。
(2)主动求救、主动救援和被动侦听
在本申请中，求救终端的在搜救过程中的求救方式可以分为两种，即主动求救或者被动侦听(被动求救)；救援终端在搜救过程中的搜救方式也可以分为两种，即主动救援或者被动侦听(被动救援)。
其中，在主动求救的工作模式下，求救终端可以周期性发送求救信号，并周期性地侦听周围是对否存在救援终端发送的救援信号或同步信号，而被动侦听(被动救援)的工作模式下，求救终端只会单纯周期性地侦听周围是否存在救援终端发送的救援信号或同步信号。同理，在主动救援的工作模式下，救援终端会周期性地发送救援信号，并周期性地侦听周围是否存在求救终端发送的求救信号；在被动侦听(被动救援)的工作模式下，救援终端只周期性地侦听周围是否存在求救终端发送的求救信号。需注意，当救援终端为主节点或者同步节点的情况下，在搜救的过程中，救援终端还可以向外发送同步帧(也称为同步信号)，其可以被求救终端接收并以此接入相应的信道，完成和救援终端的通信连接。在本申请中，建立通信连接可以被称为“建链”；建立通信连接的过程可以被称为“建链过程”。
(3)紧急救援建链请求帧和紧急救援建链响应帧
紧急救援建链请求帧为终端主动用于请求其他终端与自身建立通信连接的信号，相应的，紧急救援建链响应帧为终端响应于接收到的其他终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，向该其他终端发送的用于同意该其他终端与自身建立通信连接的信号。
在搜救的过程中，求救终端发出的求救信号以及救援终端发出的救援信号均可以称为紧急救援建链请求帧。但是求救终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧以及救援终端发出紧急救援建链请求帧在帧格式上是存在差异的，这种差异可以让终端识别出所接收到的紧急救援建链请求帧是救援终端发出的还是求救终端发出的。这样可以防止同为救援终端的终端对其他救援终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧进行冗余的处理，同样也可以防止同为求救终端的终端对其他求救终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧进行冗余的处理。关于求救终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧以及救援终端发出紧急救援建链请求帧在帧格式上的差异后续会详细说明，这里不再赘述。
同理，在搜救的过程中，求救终端在接收到救援终端的请求建链请求帧之后，向该救援终端发送的响应信号，以及救援终端在接收到求救终端的请求建链请求帧之后，向该求救终端发送的响应信号，均可以称为紧急救援建链响应帧。
(4)同步节点和同步帧
同步节点指在同步网络中，负责接收及发送同步帧的节点。同步机制让网络中的所有设备在约定的时间、信道内周期性的碰面，完成时钟校正、周边网络环境感知、设备发现、节点选举等功能。
同步帧是主节点及同步节点周期性对外发送的一种同步信号。同步帧中包含发送端节 点的精确时间戳和节点信息，收到同步帧的设备可以通过上述精确时间戳和节点信息，计算发送端节点各工作信道的时频位置并在对应时频位置上与发送端节点建立连接。因此，两个设备可以在其中一个设备发送同步帧的支持下建立通信连接。
在无公网信号覆盖区域，用户遇到危险时，求救者和救援者可以通过移动终端建立设备间通信链路，完成救援沟通。现有的紧急救援通信解决方案大多依赖专用户外通信终端设备，如对讲机等。这类设备传输距离远、电池电量大，因此对终端功耗优化较少。但是实际野外遇险场景中，求救人员甚至救援人员并未随身携带专用户外通信终端设备，因此需要通过移动终端建立设备间紧急救援通信链路，完成救援沟通。
如图1所示，求救终端101为求救者所持的终端，救援终端102为救援者所持的终端。从求救终端101的显示屏中的状态栏可以看出，求救终端101当前未能成功接入公网，则求救终端101不能通过短信或者电话的形式与救援终端102联系。因此，求救终端101需要建立设备间紧急救援通信链路，与救援终端102完成救援沟通。在传统的建链过程中，求救终端101和救援终端102需要持续性的收发信号。例如，求救终端101需要一直发送求救信号，而救援终端102则需要一直侦听环境中的信号，直至求救终端101和救援终端102之间的距离小于一定程度，求救终端101发送的求救信号就能被救援终端102成功侦听，两个终端设备之间即可以建立紧急救援通信链路，完成救援沟通。
但是在救援过程中，求救者一般无法进行大范围的活动，只能靠救援者进行范围性的搜索来推进救援过程。因此，搜救过程往往需要持续很长的时间。但是求救者或救援者所持的移动终端大多都为手机、平板此类电池容量较小的终端，在这个过程中，如果求救者或救援者所持的移动终端一直处于收发信号的状态的话，求救终端和救援终端很可能在成功建链之前就因电量耗尽而关机，则搜救进程将受阻甚至失败，求救者的生命安全也会受到严重的威胁。因此，降低移动终端建立设备间紧急救援通信链路的功耗，在功耗与建链等待时间间提供最优取舍方法，是移动终端紧急救援方案的重要优化目标。
出于终端功耗和搜救效率的权衡，需对应急救援通信的工作模式、建链过程、功能接口等进行设计，以满足不同目的、不同电量场景的搜救者和求救者的全场景需求。基于以上场景和需求，本发明公开了一种通信方法、电子设备及通信系统。该电子设备和通信系统可以用于实现该通信方法，该方法通过控制电子设备在搜救过程中的发射、侦听、休眠的时间占比，以实现功耗优先和效率优先之间的切换。此外，在实施该方法时，求救方和救援方所持的终端都可以选择高低功耗两种救援模式，用户可以根据用户终端电量，灵活地选择求救模式，为救援行动的成功率和被困者的生命安全提供更大的保障。
首先，介绍本申请实施例提供的电子设备。
该电子设备可以是手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备、车载设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(personaldigital assistant，PDA)或专门的照相机(例如单反相机、卡片式相机)等，本申请对该电子设备的具体类型不作任何限制。
图2示例性示出了该电子设备100的结构。
如图2所示，电子设备100可以包括处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，显示屏194，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口195等。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A，陀螺仪传感器180B，气压传感器180C，磁传感器180D，加速度传感器180E，距离传感器180F，接近光传感器180G，指纹传感器180H，温度传感器180J，触摸传感器180K，环境光传感器180L，骨传导传感器180M等。
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processingunit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，存储器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
在一些实施例中，控制器或GPU等处理器110，可以用于在用户开启“一键求救”之后，根据电子设备100当前的电量值，自动选择具体的求救模式。
在另一些实施例中，控制器或GPU等处理器110，还可以用于在电子设备100处于求救模式的情况下，将电子设备100的工作模式切换为省电模式。在省电模式下，电子设备100的屏幕亮度较低，在一些实施例中，在省电模式下，电子设备100的蓝牙和wifi以及后台运行中的耗电量较大的应用将被关闭。
其中，控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了系统的效率。
在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuitsound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purposeinput/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线，包括一根串行数据线(serial data line，SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line，SCL)。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K，充电器，闪光灯，摄像头193等。例如：处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K，使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信，实现电子设备100的触摸功能。
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合，实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信，将模拟信号抽样，量化和编码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中，音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线，用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中，UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如：处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信，实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194，摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface，CSI)，显示屏串行接口(display serial interface，DSI)等。在一些实施例中，处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信，实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信，实现电子设备100的显示功能。
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号，也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中，GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193，显示屏194，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口，I2S接口，UART接口，MIPI接口等。
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口，具体可以是Mini USB接口，Micro USB接口，USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电，也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机，通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备，例如AR设备等。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系，只是示意性说明，并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式，或多种接口连接方式的组合。
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中，充电器可以是无线充电器，也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时， 还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142，充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入，为处理器110，内部存储器121，外部存储器，显示屏194，摄像头193，和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量，电池循环次数，电池健康状态(漏电，阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中，电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中，电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用，以提高天线的利用率。例如：可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中，天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器，开关，功率放大器，低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier，LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波，并对接收的电磁波进行滤波，放大等处理，传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大，经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wirelesslocal area networks，WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)网络)，蓝牙(bluetooth，BT)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，近距离无线通信技术(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合，天线2和无线通信模块160耦合，使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications，GSM)，通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)，码分多址接入(codedivision multiple access，CDMA)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multipleaccess，WCDMA)，时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access，TD-SCDMA)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)，BT，GNSS，WLAN，NFC，FM，和/或IR技术等。GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GLONASS)，北斗卫星导航系统(beidounavigation satellite system，BDS)，准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellitesystem，QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems，SBAS)。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100为同步节点或者主节点时，电子设备100可以通过移动通信模块150或者无线通信模块160向外周期性地发送同步帧。同步帧也可以称作同 步信号，以给需要同步处理信息的设备提供相同时间参考的信号、如所有电视转播，手机通讯等。其他的电子设备可以在电子设备100发送同步帧的支持下与电子设备建立通信连接。
电子设备100通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。
电子设备100可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理，转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中，ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device，CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor，CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号，之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB，YUV等格式的图像信号。
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当电子设备100在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。
NPU为神经网络(neural-network，NN)计算处理器，通过借鉴生物神经网络结构，例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式，对输入信息快速处理，还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用，例如：图像识别，人脸识别，语音识别，文本理解等。通过NPU还可以实现本申请实施例提供的决策模型。
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，可执行程序代码包括指令。处 理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令，从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统，至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能，图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据，电话本等)等。此外，内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件，闪存器件，通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage，UFS)等。
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出，也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中，或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。
扬声器170A，也称“喇叭”，用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐，收听视频中的声音或收听免提通话。本申请实施例中，扬声器170A的数量可以为一个，也可以为两个或者超过两个。
受话器170B，也称“听筒”，用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时，可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。
麦克风170C，也称“话筒”，“传声器”，用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时，用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声，将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C，除了采集声音信号，还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中，电子设备100还可以设置三个，四个或更多麦克风170C，实现采集声音信号，降噪，还可以识别声音来源，实现定向录音功能等。
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130，也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform，OMTP)标准接口，美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA，CTIA)标准接口。
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中，压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多，如电阻式压力传感器，电感式压力传感器，电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A，电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194，电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中，可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即，x，y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的，当按下快门，陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度，根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离，让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动，实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航，体感游戏场景。
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中，电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度，辅助定位和导航。
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中，当电子设备100是翻盖机时，电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态，设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态，应用于横竖屏切换，计步器等应用。
距离传感器180F，用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中，拍摄场景，电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器，例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时，可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时，电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话，以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式，口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合，检测电子设备100是否在口袋里，以防误触。
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁，访问应用锁，指纹拍照，指纹接听来电等。
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中，电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度，执行温度处理策略。例如，当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值，电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能，以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中，当温度低于另一阈值时，电子设备100对电池142加热，以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中，当温度低于又一阈值时，电子设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压，以避免低温导致的异常关机。
触摸传感器180K，也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194，由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面，与显示屏194所处的位置不同。
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏，接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中，结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号，解析出 语音信号，实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息，实现心率检测功能。
按键190包括开机键，音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入，产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示，也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如，作用于不同应用(例如拍照，音频播放等)的触摸操作，可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作，马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如：时间提醒，接收信息，闹钟，游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。
指示器192可以是指示灯，可以用于指示充电状态，电量变化，也可以用于指示消息，未接来电，通知等。
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195，或从SIM卡接口195拔出，实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持一个或多个SIM卡接口。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡，Micro SIM卡，SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。多张卡的类型可以相同，也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互，实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中，电子设备100采用eSIM，即：嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中，不能和电子设备100分离。
电子设备100可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将电信号传递给ISP处理，转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。不限于集成于处理器110中，ISP也可以设置在摄像头193中。
视频编解码器用于对数字图像压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种图像编解码器。这样，电子设备100可以打开或保存多种编码格式的图片或视频。
电子设备100可以通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emittingdiode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrixorganic light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emittingdiode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot lightemitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括一个或多个显示屏194。
电子设备100可以是求救终端，也可以是救援终端。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100为求救终端时，电子设备100的求救模式可以分为强力求救模式和低功耗求救模式。在强力求救模式下，电子设备100将周期性地向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧，并周期性的侦听环境中是否有其他设备(救援终端)发送的紧急救援建链请求帧。在低功耗求救模式下，电子设备100将周期性地侦听环境中是否有其他设备(救援终端)发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，而不会向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100为救援终端时，电子设备100的救援模式可以分为强力救援模式和基础救援模式。在强力救援模式下，电子设备100将周期性地向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧，并周期性的侦听环境中是否有其他设备(求救终端)发送的紧急救援建链请求帧。在基础求救模式下，电子设备100将周期性地侦听环境中是否有其他设备(求救终端)发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，而不会向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧。
此外，在一些实施例中，当电子设备100为救援终端时且电子设备100为在网的同步节点或者主节点时，无论电子设备处于强力救援模式还是基础救援模式，电子设备100都可以向外周期性地发送同步帧。
在电子设备100与其他终端建立通信连接的过程中，处于低功耗求救模式下的电子设备100可以执行侦听信号和休眠等工作过程，处于强力求救模式下的第一终端可以执行侦听信号、发送信号和休眠等工作过程；可以理解的，相比于持续性的收发信号，电子设备100通过调整其在建链(即建立通信连接)过程中用于发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比，可以有效减少电子设备100在建链过程中对电能的消耗。此外，对于电子设备100四个工作模式(即低功耗求救模式以及强力求救模式、基础救援模式以及强力救援模式)而言，其最大的区别在于终端外发信号的时长在其整个工作周期中的占比，其中，低功耗求救模式下电子设备100不会向外发送求救信号，基础救援模式下电子设备100不会向外发送救援信号(但可能会发送同步信号)。由于在相同时间内电子设备100侦听信号所耗电能远小于终端外发信号所耗电能。因此，在本申请实施例中，电子设备100在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗，电子设备100在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗。
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的用户界面。
首先，介绍紧急救援模式所涉及的用户界面。
如图3中的(A)所示，图3中的(A)示例性示出了电子设备100进入紧急救援模式后的示例性用户界面30。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以在公网断开之后自动进入“紧急救援模式”。在另一些实施例中，电子设备可以响应于检测到的用户操作进入“紧急救援模式”。例如，“紧急救援模式”的开关可以被设置于电子设备的下拉菜单栏中，当用户点击下拉菜单栏中的“紧急救援模式”选项时候，电子设备100即显示用户界面30；或者，电子设备100上可以设有用于开启和关闭“紧急救援模式”的实体物理按键，当用户按动该按键时，电子设备100即显示用户界面30。不限于此，电子设备100还可以通过其他方式进入“紧急救援模式”，例如电子设备100还可以根据用户的语音指令进入“紧急救援模式”，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
如图3中的(A)所示，用户界面30(在本申请的一些实施例中，用户界面30也可以 被称为第一用户界面)包括状态栏301以及“个人信息”控件302、模式选择栏303，“一键求救”控件304以及导航栏305。其中：
状态栏301中可以包括时间、信号强度和当前剩余电量。从图3中的(A)可以看出，此时电子设备100处于断网状态，其无法连接上运营商所开设的网络。当电子设备100成功连接上运营商所开设的网络后，状态栏301中还可以显示运营商的名称(例如中国移动)。
“个人信息”控件302用于供用户查看和修改自己存储在电子设备100中的个人信息，在用户被困且成功与其他救援终端通信连接后，电子设备100可以将这些个人信息立即发送给救援终端。在本申请的一些实施例中，“个人信息”控件302也可以被称为“第六控件”，用户对该控件的操作指令可以被称为“第六操作指令”。
模式选择栏303可以包含“强力求救”控件3031、“强力救援”控件3032、“低功耗求救”控件3033和“基础救援”控件3034。在本申请的一些实施例中，“强力求救”控件3031也可以被称为“第一控件”，用户对该控件的操作指令可以被称为“第一操作指令”；“强力救援”控件3032也可以被称为“第二控件”，用户对该控件的操作指令可以被称为“第二操作指令”；“低功耗求救”控件3033也可以被称为“第三控件”，用户对该控件的操作指令可以被称为“第三操作指令”；“基础救援”控件3034也可以被称为“第四控件”，用户对该控件的操作指令可以被称为“第四操作指令”。其中，任一个选项控件都可用于响应用户的操作，例如触摸操作，使得电子设备100启动该控件对应的求救或者救援模式。不同的求救或者救援模式下，电子设备100在搜救过程中的发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比均有差异，后续实施例会有详细介绍，这里暂不赘述。
“一键求救”控件304可以为在用户为求救方的情况下为用户提供快捷的求救选择。在本申请的一些实施例中，“一键求救”控件304也可以被称为“第五控件”，用户对该控件的操作指令可以被称为“第五操作指令”。在一些实施例中，当电子设备100检测到用户作用于“一键求救”控件304上的操作之后，电子设备100可以随机进入强力求救模式或者低功耗求救模式。而在一些实施例中，当电子设备100检测到用户作用于“一键求救”控件304上的操作之后，电子设备100可以根据电子设备100的电量，针对性的选择进入强力求救模式或者低功耗求救模式。例如。当电子设备100的电量大于某个阈值(例如50％)时，进入强力求救模式，当电子设备100的电量小于或等于该阈值时，则电子设备100将进入低功耗求救模式。
导航栏305可以包括：返回按键3051、主界面(home screen)按键3052、呼出任务历史按键3053等系统导航键。当检测到用户点击返回按键3051时，电子设备100可显示当前用户界面的上一个用户界面。当检测到用户点击主界面按键3052时，电子设备100可显示主屏幕界面。当检测到用户点击呼出任务历史按键3053时，电子设备100可显示第一用户最近打开过的任务。各导航键的命名还可以为其他，比如，3051可以叫Back Button，3052可以叫Home button，3053可以叫Menu Button，本申请对此不做限制。导航栏305中的各导航键不限于虚拟按键，也可以实现为物理按键。
可以理解的是，图3中的(A)仅仅示例性示出了电子设备100上的用户界面，不应构成对本申请实施例的限定。
图3中的(B)示例性地给出了用于用户查看和编辑个人信息的用户界面40，在本申 请的一些实施例中，用户界面40也可以被称为第二用户界面。
示例性地，电子设备100可以检测到作用于如图3中(A)所示的“个人信息”控件302的触控操作，并响应于该操作进入用户界面40。如图3中的(B)所示，用户界面40可以包含姓名信息栏401、手机号姓名信息栏402、紧急联系人信息栏403、紧急联系人联系方式信息栏404以及保存控件405。其中：
姓名信息栏401，用于显示用户姓名。
手机号姓名信息栏402，用于显示用户的联系方式。
紧急联系人信息栏403，用于显示用户亲属或者朋友的姓名。
紧急联系人联系方式信息栏404，用于显示亲属或者朋友的联系方式。
用户可以对姓名信息栏401、手机号姓名信息栏402、紧急联系人信息栏403、紧急联系人联系方式信息栏404进行操作，例如触摸操作，来对相应信息栏中的文字进行重新编辑。
保存控件405，可以响应于用户操作，例如图3中的(B)所示的触摸操作，对当前各信息栏中的信息进行保存。在本申请的一些实施例中，保存控件405也可以被称为“第七控件”，用户对该控件的操作指令可以被称为“第七操作指令”。
在本申请中，电子设备100可以是求救终端也可以是救援终端。当电子设备100为求救终端时，电子设备100的求救模式可以分为强力求救模式和低功耗求救模式。当电子设备100为救援终端时，电子设备100的救援模式可以分为强力救援模式和基础救援模式。在本申请中，电子设备的搜救过程是一个周期性地过程，在一个搜救工作周期中，上述四种模式的工作内容可以包括发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠等阶段。其中，发射信号包括设备主动请求过程以及同步帧发送的过程，主动请求过程即电子设备100作为救援终端向其他求救终端发送请求建链请求帧，或者电子设备100作为求救终端向其他救援终端发送请求建链请求帧的过程，同步帧发送过程即电子设备100作为在网的救援终端周期性地向外发送同步信号的过程。侦听信号也可以被称为被动侦听，即电子设备100作为求救终端时侦听外界是否存在其他救援终端发送的请求建链请求帧，或者电子设备100作为救援终端时侦听外界是否存在其他求救终端发送的请求建链请求帧。而休眠过程即电子设备100既不侦听也不向外发送信号的过程。
在上述四种工作模式中，每种工作模式在一个搜救工作周期内发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比均有差异。接下来结合图4介绍电子设备100在这四种工作模式时在一个搜救工作周期中的具体工作方式。
在对各个模式的工作方式进行说明之前，首先对图4中的一些元素和符号进行说明。在图4中，横向的坐标轴表示时间轴，垂直于各时间轴的虚线与对应时间轴的交点表示该时间轴上的某个时刻，其可以用小写字母t加上具体的下标表示，例如图4中的(A)所示时刻t10或图4中的所示的(B)时刻t20。而时间轴上两个具体时刻之间对应某个时长，其可以用大写字母T加上具体的下标表示，例如图4中的(A)所示的时长T0或图4中的(A)所示的时长Tb。此外，在图4中各个坐标轴上的浅灰色矩形表示电子设备的主动请求过程，深灰色矩形表示被动侦听的过程，黑色矩形表示同步帧发送的过程。图4中相同的表示相 同的时刻或者相同的时长，例如图4中的(A)所示的时长T0和图4中的(B)所示时长T0表示相同的时长。
①强力求救模式
首先介绍电子设备100在强力求救模式下的工作方式。电子设备100可以响应于用户操作，例如用户对图3中的(A)所示的“强力求救”控件3031上的触摸操作进入强力求救模式。
结合前述说明可知，在强力求救模式下，电子设备100将周期性地向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧，并周期性的侦听环境中是否有其他设备(救援终端)发送的紧急救援建链请求帧。具体的，电子设备100在强力求救模式下的一个搜救工作周期的具体工作方式可以参考图4中的(A)所示出的时序图。
如图4中的(A)所示，在电子设备100开启强力求救模式后，电子设备100将开始以时长T0为一个搜救工作周期进行工作，例如在图4中的(A)所示的t10时刻-t16时刻这一段时长即为电子设备100在强力求救模式下一个完整的搜救工作周期T0。在本申请的一些实施例中，时长T0可以被称为“第一时长”。具体的，T0可以为任意一个时长值，例如8192ms、2048ms等，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
从t10时刻-t13时刻这一段时长为T2的时长可以被称为一个切片周期；同理，从t14时刻-t15时刻这一段时长为T2的时段也为一个切片周期，切片周期可以被视为在完整的搜救工作周期T0中的一个小的工作周期。在本申请的一些实施例中，从t10时刻-t13时刻这一段时长为T2的时长可以被称为“第六时长”，从t14时刻-t15时刻这一段时长为T2可以被称为“第七时长”。在一个切片周期内，电子设备100将不断的交替进行主动请求过程和被动侦听过程。例如，在从t10时刻-t13时刻这一个切片周期中，电子设备100将首先在t10时刻在紧急救援信道发送紧急救援建链请求帧，这个过程一般需要耗费几毫秒完成，也就是t10时刻-t11时刻这一段时长；之后，在t11时刻，电子设备100将结束主动请求的过程，开始被动侦听过程，并连续侦听一段时长，即t11时刻-t12时刻这一段时长；接着，在t12时刻，电子设备100结束被动侦听过程，并在t12时刻再次开始主动请求的过程……如此交替进行，直至该切片周期结束。
此外，在强力求救模式下，电子设备100进行一次主动请求的过程所需的时长加上进行一次被动侦听过程所需的时长可以称为一个紧急救援帧周期，其时长为T1。在本申请的一些实施例中，从t10时刻-t12时刻这一段时长为T1的时长“第八时长”。例如从t10时刻-t13时刻这段时长即为一个紧急救援帧周期。一个切片周期可以存在若干个紧急救援帧周期。由于对于终端设备而言，发送信号所耗费的电能远大于侦听信号所耗费的电能，因此，在一个紧急救援帧周期中，电子设备只短暂地进行主动请求的过程，其余较长的时长内均进行被动侦听的过程。也就是说，在t10时刻-t12时刻这一段时长对应的紧急救援帧周期中，t10时刻-t11时刻这一段时长远小于t11时刻-t12时刻这一段时长。
可以看出，在强力求救模式的一个完整的搜救工作周期T0中，电子设备100实际存在信号收发操作的时长为两个切片周期。此外，从图4中的(A)中可以看出，两个切片周期之间可以存在一个偏置时长，即t13时刻-t14时刻这一段时长。也就是说，在一个完整的周期T0中，两个切片周期原本是连续的，即在t13时刻第一个切片周期结束之后，下一个 切片周期原本应在t13时刻即刻开始；电子设备100将在t13时刻继续在紧急救援信道发送紧急救援建链请求帧。但是，由于求救终端和救援终端之间可能由于在各自的搜救工作周期内一直在同步地接收信号或者同步地发送信号，导致两个终端无法成功建链。因此，当电子设备100作为求救终端时候，当第一个切片周期内电子设备100无法与其他设备成功建链时，为了排除其是因为上述情况导致的建链失败，则电子设备100可以将该工作周期内的下一个切片周期整体后偏置一个时长，即时长Tb，则下一个偏置周期将在t14时刻开始。在本申请的一些实施例中，时长Tb可以被称为“第二时长”。具体的，Tb的具体时长可以为紧急救援帧周期的一半，即T1＝2Tb。
在第二个切片周期结束后，若电子设备100仍未与其他救援终端建链成功，则在t15时刻，电子设备100将进入休眠时期。即在t15-t16这段时长内，为节省电量，电子设备100将停止主动请求和被动侦听的过程，直至下一个搜救工作周期开始。
总结上述说明，在强力求救模式下，电子设备100以时长T0为工作周期进行工作。在一个完整的工作周期T0中，电子设备100连续交替主动请求和被动侦听，持续第一个T2时长；在该第一个T2时长内，电子设备100周期在紧急救援信道发送紧急救援建链请求帧。侦听过程中如果收到其它设备发送的同步帧，则在同步帧指示的接入信道上尝试发起接入。侦听过程中如果收到其它设备发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，则回复紧急救援建链响应帧。侦听过程中如果收到其它设备发送的紧急救援建链响应帧，则在紧急救援建链响应帧指示的接入信道发送认证请求，开始接入流程。如果第一个T2时长结束仍未建链成功，则电子设备100将紧急救援建链请求帧的周期发送时间点向后偏置Tb时长后，继续连续交替主动请求和被动侦听，持续第二个T2时长，若最终且仍未建链成功，结束并进入睡眠。在强力求救的连续侦听阶段，任何求救终端周围的终端，无论处于“强力救援”还是“基础救援”，其发出的同步帧和紧急救援建链请求帧都会被处理并反馈，有较快的救援速度。
可以理解的是，图4中的(A)仅仅示例性示出了电子设备100在强力求救模式下工作时收发信号的时序图，其具体形式仅是为了便于读者理解，其不应构成对本申请实施例的限定。在实际的场景中，电子设备100的在一个搜救工作周期内的休眠时期和交替收发信号的两个切片周期对应的具体时段可以为其他形式，例如，在一个搜救工作周期开始时刻，电子设备可以先进入休眠时期，再进行两个切片周期时长的交替收发信号的过程；此外，图4中的(A)所示的一个切片周期包含4个紧急救援帧周期，而在一些实施例中，一个切片周期可以包含更多或者更少的紧急救援帧周期。同理，在后续实施例中所提及的时序图，其具体形式也只是为了便于读者理解，其不应构成对本申请实施例的限定。
②低功耗求救模式
电子设备100可以响应于用户操作，例如用户对图3中的(A)所示的“低功耗求救”控件3033上的触摸操作进入低功耗求救模式。
结合前述说明可知，在低功耗求救模式下，电子设备100将周期性地侦听环境中是否有其他设备(救援终端)发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，而不会向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧。具体的，电子设备100在低功耗求救模式下的一个搜救工作周期的具体工作方式可以参考图4中的(B)所示出的时序图。
如图4中的(B)所示，在电子设备100开启低功耗求救模式后，电子设备100将开始以时长(T0+T1)为一个周期进行工作，例如在图4中的(B)所示的t20时刻-t23时刻这一段时长即为电子设备100在低功耗模式下一个完整的搜救工作周期。实际上，低功耗模式下一个完整的搜救工作周期(T0+T1)中的T1时长可以视为两个连续的搜救工作周期T0之间的存在的后置时长。也就是说，电子设备100在低功耗模式下一个完整的搜救工作周期可以为在图4中的(B)所示的t20时刻-t22时刻这一段T0时长，原本下一个搜救工作周期应该在t22开始，但是为了防止电子设备作为求救终端时，每一个周期内发送请求建链请求帧的时候，周围的救援终端正好也处于自身的休眠时期，导致建链失败；于是，在开始下一个搜救工作周期之前，电子设备100将下一个搜救工作周期的开始时刻向后偏置T1时长，且在成功与其他救援终端建链成功之前，在之后的每一个搜救工作周期，电子设备100均会将周期的开始时刻向后偏置T1时长，确保能和周围的救援终端成功建链。后续会对此进行详细说明，这里先不赘述。
从t20时刻-t21时刻这一段时长为T2的紧急救援帧周期中，电子设备100连续侦听环境中是否有其他救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧或者同步帧，如果收到其它设备发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，则回复紧急救援建链响应帧，如果接收到其他救援终端发送的捕捉到同步帧，则电子设备100将在同步帧指示的接入信道上尝试发起接入。在本申请的一些实施例中，从t20时刻-t21时刻这一段时长为T1的时长“第三时长”。若t20时刻-t21时刻对应的紧急救援帧周期中电子设备100未能与其他救援终端建链成功，则电子设备100将进入本搜救工作周期的休眠时期，即图4中的(B)所示的t21时刻-t23时刻这一段Ts2时长，直至下一个搜救工作周期的开始时刻，即t23时刻，再继续侦听环境中是否有其他救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧或者同步帧。在本申请的一些实施例中，t21时刻-t22时刻这一段Ts2时长可以被称为“第四时长”，t22时刻-t23时刻这一段时长可以被称为“第五时长”。
总结上述说明，在低功耗求救模式下，电子设备100以时长(T0+T1)为一个搜救工作周期进行工作，在一个搜救工作周期中，电子设备100对环境中其他救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧或者同步帧进行一个紧急救援帧周期，即T1时长的连续侦听。侦听过程中如果收到其它设备发送的同步帧，则在同步帧指示的接入信道上尝试发起接入。侦听过程中如果收到其它设备发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，则回复紧急救援建链响应帧。在低功耗求救的连续侦听阶段，任何求救终端周围且处于“强力救援模式”的终端，其发出的紧急救援建链请求帧都会得到反馈并完成建链，最大建链耗时(T0+T1)ms。如果附近有处于“基础救援模式”或同步节点终端(该同步节点终端可能为救援终端，也可能为恰好存在于被困者周围的非救援模式的普通终端)，其也会因紧急救援帧周期偏置而被捕捉到同步帧，随后求救终端在同步帧指示的接入信道上尝试发起接入。若该搜救工作周期中结束时，电子设备100仍未与其他救援终端建链成功，则电子设备100将开始进行下一个搜救工作周期。
③强力救援模式
电子设备100可以响应于用户操作，例如用户对图3中的(A)所示的“强力救援”控件3032上的触摸操作进入强力救援模式。
结合前述说明可知，在强力救援模式下，电子设备100将周期性地向外发送紧急救援 建链请求帧，并周期性的侦听环境中是否有其他设备(求救终端)发送的紧急救援建链请求帧。具体的，电子设备100在强力救援模式下的一个搜救工作周期的具体工作方式可以参考图4中的(C)所示出的时序图。
如图4中的(C)所示，在电子设备100开启强力救援模式后，电子设备100将开始以时长T0为一个周期进行工作。在图4中的(C)所示的t30时刻-t34时刻这一段时长即为电子设备100在强力求救模式下一个完整的搜救工作周期T0，一个完整的搜救工作周期T0包含两个时长为T2的切片周期。
从t30时刻-t32时刻这一段时长为T2的切片周期内，电子设备100将不断的交替进行主动请求过程和被动侦听过程。这里假设电子设备100为在网的同步节点，即电子设备100会以T2为周期向外周期性地发送同步帧，且电子设备100在第一个切片周期的第一个紧急救帧周期内即完成同步帧的发送，则如图4中的(C)所示，在t30时刻-t31时刻这一个切片周期中，电子设备100将首先在t30时刻在向外发送同步帧，这个过程一般需要耗费几毫秒完成；之后，该紧急救援帧周期内的剩余时长中，电子设备100将持续进行被动侦听过程；接着，在下一个紧急救援帧周期开始时，即在t31时刻，电子设备100结束被动侦听过程，并在t31时刻再次开始主动请求的过程，需注意，不同于第一个紧急救援帧周期，电子设备100在t31时刻开始以主动请求的方式向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧，而并非向外发送同步帧；在第一个切片周期内的剩余紧急救援帧周期内，电子设备100不再发送同步帧，只以主动请求的方式向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧，直至该切片周期结束。若第一个切片周期结束，电子设备100还未与搜救终端成功建链，则电子设备100开始进行第二个切片周期的工作，即t32时刻-t33时刻对应的工作内容。从图4中的(C)中可以看出，第二个切片周期的工作形式与第一个工作周期的工作形式相同，这里不再赘述。若第二个切片周期结束，电子设备100还未与搜救终端成功建链，则在t33时刻，电子设备100将进入休眠时期。即在t33时刻-t34时刻这段时长内，为节省电量，电子设备100将停止主动请求和被动侦听的过程，直至下一个搜救工作周期开始。在本申请的一些实施例中，从t30时刻-t33时刻这一段时长为2倍T2的时长“第九时长”，从t33时刻-t34时刻这一段时长为Ts2的时长“第十时长”。
总结上述内容，在强力救援模式下，电子设备100在每个救援帧周期T1内在紧急救援信道发送紧急救援建链请求帧，如果收到环境中的求救终端发的紧急救援建链响应帧则尝试建链。同时如果电子设备100本身是自组网的主节点或同步节点，会周期性的在广播信道发送同步帧，环境中的求救终端可以通过同步帧指示的随机接入信道发起接入。
④基础救援模式
电子设备100可以响应于用户操作，例如用户对图3中的(A)所示的“基础救援”控件3034上的触摸操作进入基础救援模式。
结合前述说明可知，在基础求救模式下，电子设备100将周期性地侦听环境中是否有其他设备(求救终端)发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，而不会向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧。具体的，电子设备100在基础救援模式下的一个搜救工作周期的具体工作方式可以参考图4中的(D)所示出的时序图。
如图4中的(D)所示，在电子设备100开启基础救援模式后，电子设备100将开始以时长T0为一个周期进行工作。在图4中的(D)所示的t40时刻-t49时刻这一段时长即为电子设备100在强力求救模式下一个完整的搜救工作周期T0，一个完整的搜救工作周期T0包含两个时长为T2的切片周期。
这里同样假设电子设备100为在网的同步节点，即电子设备100会以T2为周期向外周期性地发送同步帧。因此，t40时刻-t45时刻这一段时长为T2的切片周期内，电子设备100将依次进行同步帧发送过程和被动侦听过程。这里假设电子设备100在该切片周期的先进行同步帧的发送在进行被动侦听过程，则如图4中的(D)所示，在t40时刻-t44时刻这一个切片周期中，电子设备100将首先在t10时刻在向外发送同步帧，这个过程一般需要耗费几毫秒(即t40时刻-t41时刻这段时长)完成；之后，在t42时刻-t43时刻这段时间内，电子设备100将进行时长为T1的被动侦听过程。若第一个切片周期结束时，即t44时刻，电子设备100还未与搜救终端成功建链，则电子设备100开始进行第二个切片周期的工作，即t44时刻-t48时刻对应的工作内容。从图4中的(D)中可以看出，第二个切片周期的工作形式与第一个工作周期的工作形式相同，这里不再赘述。若第二个切片周期结束，电子设备100还未与搜救终端成功建链，则在t48时刻，电子设备100将进入时长为Ts2的休眠时期。即在t33时刻-t34时刻这段时长内，为节省电量，电子设备100将停止主动请求和被动侦听的过程，直至下一个搜救工作周期开始。实际上，不难理解，在基础救援模式对应的切片周期中，若电子设备100未能与搜救终端成功建链，为节省电量，电子设备100将停止主动请求和被动侦听的过程，直至下一个搜救工作周期开始，电子设备在这两个切片周期内也会短暂地进入休眠时期。例如，当t40时刻-t44时刻这一个切片周期中，若电子设备100未能与搜救终端成功建链，则t41时刻-t42时刻、t43时刻-t44时刻这两段时间均为电子设备100的休眠时期。
总结上述内容，在基础救援模式下，电子设备100每T2时长内连续被动侦听T1时长。侦听过程中如果收到救援帧的紧急救援建链请求帧，则回复紧急救援建链响应帧，指示接入信道。如果侦听结束仍未建链成功，则放弃并等待下一个侦听周期。同时，如果电子设备100本身是自组网的主节点或同步节点，电子设备100还会以T2时长周期性的在广播信道发送同步帧，求救终端可以通过同步帧指示的随机接入信道发起接入。
结合前述说明可知，在电子设备100与其他终端建立通信连接的过程中，处于低功耗求救模式下的电子设备100可以执行侦听信号和休眠等工作过程，处于强力求救模式下的第一终端可以执行侦听信号、发送信号和休眠等工作过程；可以理解的，相比于持续性的收发信号，电子设备100通过调整其在建链(即建立通信连接)过程中用于发射信号、侦听信号以及休眠的时间占比，可以有效减少电子设备100在建链过程中对电能的消耗。此外，对于电子设备100四个工作模式(即低功耗求救模式以及强力求救模式、基础救援模式以及强力救援模式)而言，其最大的区别在于终端外发信号的时长在其整个工作周期中的占比，其中，低功耗求救模式下电子设备100不会向外发送求救信号，基础救援模式下电子设备100不会向外发送救援信号(但可能会发送同步信号)。由于在相同时间内电子设备100侦听信号所耗电能远小于终端外发信号所耗电能。因此，在本申请实施例中，电子设备100在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗，电 子设备100在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗。
结合前述说明可知，在本申请实施例中，求救终端和救援终端建链的方式可以分为以下三种：
1)求救终端接收到救援终端发送的同步帧之后，在同步帧指示的随机接入信道发送接入请求，求救终端接与救援终端之间采用开放系统认证方式，包含开放系统接入请求(Msg1)和接入响应(Msg2)两步，不需要鉴权。
开放系统认证主要用于紧急救援，其不需要密钥验证环节，任何设备都可以成功接入。开放系统认证过程共分为接入请求和接入响应这两步，其中，接入请求包含帧控制、发送设备(求救终端)长地址、目标设备(救援终端)长地址、发送设备(求救终端)名称等信息。接入响应包含帧控制、发送设备(救援终端)长地址、目标设备(求救终端)长地址、发送设备(救援终端)名称等信息。
2)求救终端接收到救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧之后，从紧急救援建链请求帧中读取救援终端指示的时间戳(timestamp)，并回复紧急救援建链响应帧。救援终端收到紧急救援建链响应帧后，在此后所有的接入信道及紧急救援信道上进行侦听。求救终端根据上述时间戳计算接入信道及救援信道位置，在接入信道及救援信道上发起随机接入完成建链。在本方式中，随机接入可以采用开放系统认证方式，其包含开放系统接入请求(Msg1)和接入响应(Msg2)两步，不需要鉴权。
3)救援终端收到求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧之后，回复紧急救援建链响应帧，在紧急救援建链响应帧中包含时间戳。救援终端收到紧急救援建链请求帧后，在此后所有的接入信道及紧急救援信道上进行侦听。求救终端根据上述时间戳计算接入信道及救援信道位置，在接入信道及救援信道上发起随机接入完成建链。在本方式中，可以随机接入采用开放系统认证方式，其包含开放系统接入请求(Msg1)和接入响应(Msg2)两步，不需要鉴权。
此外，在上述三种方式中，求救终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧以及救援终端发出紧急救援建链请求帧在帧格式上是存在差异的，这种差异可以让终端识别出所接收到的紧急救援建链请求帧是救援终端发出的还是求救终端发出的。这样可以防止同为救援终端的终端对其他救援终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧进行冗余的处理，同样也可以防止同为求救终端的终端对其他求救终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧进行冗余的处理。
求救终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧的帧格式可以参见下表：
表1

而救援终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧的帧格式可以参见下表：
表2
如上面表1和表2所示，求救终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧以及救援终端发出紧急救援建链请求帧可以通过帧类型信息中“Rescue”比特位标识。其中，1标识救援终端，0标识求救终端。在救援过程中，当求救终端接收到紧急救援建链请求帧之后，求救终端可以通过该紧急救援建链请求帧的“Rescue”比特位标识确定该紧急救援建链请求帧是否为救援终端发送的。在该紧急救援建链请求帧为救援终端发送的情况下，求救终端可以向该救援终端发送紧急救援建链响应帧来完成建链；在该紧急救援建链请求帧为同为求救终端的其他终端发送的情况下，求救终端则可以忽略该紧急救援建链请求帧，对其不作处理。同理，当救援终端接收到紧急救援建链请求帧之后，在该紧急救援建链请求帧为求救终端发送的情况下，救援终端可以向该求救终端发送紧急救援建链响应帧来完成建链；在该紧急救援建链请求帧为同为救援终端的其他终端发送的情况下，求救终端则忽略该紧急救援建链请求帧。
可以理解的，由于终端在上述四种工作模式(强力求救模式、低功耗求救模式、强力 救援模式以及基础救援模式)中休眠、对信号的发射、侦听的具体时间都存在差异，因此，在救援过程中，救援终端和求救终端究竟采用上述三种建链的方式中的哪一种方式完成建链，以及采取上述三种建链方式分别需要耗费多少时长，其主要取决于救援终端和求救终端在救援过程中所采取的工作模式。接下来将结合图5-图8分别介绍求救终端和救援终端在不同的工作模式组合下完成建链的方式和过程。
在图5-图8中，横向的坐标轴表示时间轴，垂直于各时间轴的虚线与对应时间轴的交点表示该时间轴上的某个时刻，其可以用小写字母t加上具体的下标表示，时间轴上两个具体时刻之间对应某个时长，其可以用大写字母T加上具体的下标表示。此外，在图5-图8中各个坐标轴上的浅灰色矩形表示电子设备的主动请求过程，深灰色矩形表示被动侦听的过程，黑色矩形表示同步帧发送的过程。其中，浅灰色矩形和黑色矩形用字母“S”标识，其表示在该过程中，电子设备正处于在将信号外发(send)的状态；深灰色矩形用字母“R”标识，其表示在该过程中，电子设备是处于接收(receive)信号的状态。此外，在图5-图8中，相同的符号表示相同的时刻或者相同的时长，具体可以参考前述对图4的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
这里假设电子设备100为求救终端，电子设备200救援终端，且电子设备200为在网的同步节点，其可以周期性的向外发送同步帧。与电子设备100相同，电子设备200也为支持上述四种工作模式的终端，在搜救过程中，电子设备200作为救援终端可以以上述强力救援模式工作，也可以以基础救援模式进行工作。电子设备200的具体架构可以参考前述对电子设备100的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
电子设备100作为求救终端，电子设备200作为救援终端，在搜救过程中电子设备100和电子设备200可以以下列四种不同的模式组合完成建链：
一、强力求救模式&强力救援模式
在本模式组合下，电子设备100以强力求救模式工作，电子设备200以强力救援模式工作。此时，电子设备100可以被称为强力求救终端，电子设备200可以被称为强力救援终端。电子设备100与电子设备200在本模式组合下的建链方式和过程具体可以参考图5。
图5中的(A)示出了电子设备100发送紧急救援建链请求帧，电子设备200接收到该紧急救援建链请求帧后向电子设备100回复紧急救援建链响应帧，电子设备100在接收到该紧急救援建链响应帧之后成功与电子设备200建立通信连接的过程。
如图5中的(A)所示，假设在t50时刻，电子设备100和电子设备200同时开始各自时长均为T0的一个搜救工作周期。结合前述对图4的说明可知，在电子设备100和电子设备200第一切片周期内，由于电子设备100和电子设备200的对信号的发送和侦听的时段一致，则第一切片周期内，电子设备100与电子设备200无法成功建链。例如，t50时刻-t51时刻这段时间内，电子设备100向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧，电子设备200向外发射同步帧，两个设备无法建链成功；而t51时刻-t52时刻这段时间内，电子设备100侦听是否有救援终端发送的信号，而电子设备200也在侦听环境中是否有求救终端发送的信号，两个设备也无法建链成功。但是，由于在强力求救模式下的求救终端的两个切片周期之间存在后置偏置时长Tb，因此，在下一个周期内，电子设备100和电子设备200对信号的发送和侦听的时段将被错开，即在图5中的(A)所示的t54时刻，此时电子设备100开始第二个 切片周期，并且正在向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧；而电子设备200在t54时刻之前的t53时刻已经开始了第二个切片周期，因此，在t54时刻，电子设备200正在侦听环境中是否有求救终端发送的信号；因此，电子设备200之后可以接收到电子设备100发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，并回复紧急救援建链响应帧来完成和电子设备100之间通信连接的建立。
图5中的(B)示出了电子设备200发送同步帧，电子设备100接收到电子设备200发送的同步帧，并在同步帧指示下与电子设备200建立通信连接的过程。
如图5中的(B)所示，假设在t57时刻，电子设备100开始时长为T0的搜救工作周期；而在t58时刻，电子设备100和电子设备200才开始各自时长均为T0的搜救工作周期。从如图5中的(B)所示的两个电子设备工作时候的时序图可以看出，在t58时刻，电子设备100正在侦听环境中是否有救援终端发出的信号，而电子设备200正在向外发送同步帧。因此，电子设备100可以接收到电子设备200发送的同步帧，并在同步帧指示下与电子设备200建立通信连接。
图5中的(C)示出了电子设备200发送紧急救援建链请求帧，电子设备100接收到该紧急救援建链请求帧后向电子设备200回复紧急救援建链响应帧，电子设备200在接收到该紧急救援建链响应帧之后成功与电子设备100建立通信连接的过程。
不同于图5中的(A)和(B)所示出的电子设备200在信号收发过程中发送同步帧的时间，在图5中的(C)中，在一个切片周期中，电子设备200可以不在切片周期开始时立即发送同步帧，而是在经过若干个紧急救援帧周期之后，再进行同步帧的发送。如图5中的(C)所示，电子设备200在t510时刻开始时长为T0的搜救工作周期，在该搜救工作周期在第一个切片周期内，电子设备200在t510时刻先开始进行紧急救援建链请求帧的发送；之后在t511时刻电子设备200才开始发送同步帧。而电子设备200在t59时刻开始时长为T0的搜救工作周期，在t510时刻，电子设备100正在侦听环境中是否有救援终端发送的信号。因此，在t510时刻之后，电子设备100可以接收到电子设备200发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，并向电子设备200回复紧急救援建链响应帧，电子设备200在接收到该紧急救援建链响应帧之后可以成功与电子设备100建立通信连接。
二、强力求救模式&基础救援模式
在本模式组合下，电子设备100以强力求救模式工作，电子设备200以基础救援模式工作。此时，电子设备100可以被称为强力求救终端，电子设备200可以被称为基础救援终端。电子设备100与电子设备200在本模式组合下的建链方式和过程具体可以参考图6。
图6中的(A)示出了电子设备100发送紧急救援建链请求帧，电子设备200接收到该紧急救援建链请求帧后向电子设备100回复紧急救援建链响应帧，电子设备100在接收到该紧急救援建链响应帧之后成功与电子设备200建立通信连接的过程。
如图6中的(A)所示，假设在t60时刻，电子设备100和电子设备200同时开始各自时长均为T0的一个搜救工作周期。结合前述对图4的说明可知，在电子设备100和电子设备200在t60时刻-t61时刻这段时间内，由于电子设备100和电子设备200的对信号的发送和侦听的时段一致，即电子设备100向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧，电子设备200也在向外发射同步帧，电子设备100与电子设备200无法成功建链。而在t61时刻-t63时刻这段时 间内，虽然电子设备100在继续交替进行主动请求和被动侦听的过程，但电子设备200在这段时间内处于休眠状态，因此电子设备100与电子设备200依旧无法成功建链。在t63时刻，电子设备200开始侦听环境中是否有求救终端发送的信号，并且将连续侦听一个紧急救援帧周期T1，即t63时刻-t64时刻这段时间。可以理解的，在强力救援模式下，电子设备100进行一次主动请求的过程所需的时长加上进行一次被动侦听过程所需的时长为一个紧急救援帧周期，因此，当电子设备200侦听环境中是求救终端发送信号持续一个紧急救援帧周期T1的过程中，电子设备100必定会在该过程中发送紧急救援建链请求帧，则电子设备200可以收到电子设备100发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，并向电子设备100回复紧急救援建链响应帧，电子设备100在接收到该紧急救援建链响应帧之后成功与电子设备200建立通信连接。
图6中的(B)示出了电子设备200发送同步帧，电子设备100接收到电子设备200发送的同步帧，并在同步帧指示下与电子设备200建立通信连接的过程。
如图6中的(B)所示，假设在t67时刻，电子设备100开始时长为T0的搜救工作周期；而在t68时刻，电子设备100和电子设备200才开始各自时长均为T0的搜救工作周期。从如图6中的(B)所示的两个电子设备工作时候的时序图可以看出，在t68时刻，电子设备100正在侦听环境中是否有救援终端发出的信号，而电子设备200正在向外发送同步帧。因此，电子设备100可以接收到电子设备200发送的同步帧，并在同步帧指示下与电子设备200建立通信连接。
三、低功耗求救模式&强力救援模式
在本模式组合下，电子设备100以低功耗求救模式工作，电子设备200以强力救援模式工作。此时，电子设备100可以被称为低功耗求救终端，电子设备200可以被称为强力救援终端。电子设备100与电子设备200在本模式组合下的建链方式和过程具体可以参考图7。
图7中的(A)示出了电子设备200发送同步帧，电子设备100接收到电子设备200发送的同步帧，并在同步帧指示下与电子设备200建立通信连接的过程。
如图7中的(A)所示，假设在t70时刻，电子设备100开始周期时长为(T0+T1)的搜救工作周期，电子设备200同时开始时长为T0的搜救工作周期。从如图7中的(A)所示的两个电子设备工作时候的时序图可以看出，在t70时刻，电子设备100正在侦听环境中是否有救援终端发出的信号，而电子设备200正在向外发送同步帧。因此，电子设备100可以接收到电子设备200发送的同步帧，并在同步帧指示下与电子设备200建立通信连接。
图7中的(B)示出了电子设备200发送紧急救援建链请求帧，电子设备100接收到该紧急救援建链请求帧后向电子设备200回复紧急救援建链响应帧，电子设备200在接收到该紧急救援建链响应帧之后成功与电子设备100建立通信连接的过程。
如图7中的(B)所示，电子设备200在t76时刻开始时长为(T0+T1)的搜救工作周期，而电子设备100在t77时刻开始时长为T0的搜救工作周期。在t77时刻，电子设备100开始侦听环境中是否有救援终端发送的信号；而电子设备200此时正在向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧。因此，在t77时刻之后，电子设备100可以接收到电子设备200发送的紧急救援建 链请求帧，并向电子设备200回复紧急救援建链响应帧，电子设备200在接收到该紧急救援建链响应帧之后可以成功与电子设备100建立通信连接。
四、低功耗求救模式&基础救援模式
在本模式组合下，电子设备100以低功耗求救模式工作，电子设备200以基础救援模式工作。此时，电子设备100可以被称为低功耗求救终端，电子设备200可以被称为基础救援终端。电子设备100与电子设备200在本模式组合下的建链方式和过程具体可以参考图8。
图8中的(A)示出了本模式组合在最理想(耗时最短)的情况下，电子设备200发送同步帧，电子设备100接收到电子设备200发送的同步帧，并在同步帧指示下与电子设备200建立通信连接的过程。
如图8中的(A)所示，假设在t80时刻，电子设备100开始周期时长为(T0+T1)的搜救工作周期，电子设备200同时开始时长为T0的搜救工作周期。从如图8中的(A)所示的两个电子设备工作时候的时序图可以看出，在t80时刻，电子设备100正在侦听环境中是否有救援终端发出的信号，而电子设备200正在向外发送同步帧。因此，电子设备100可以接收到电子设备200发送的同步帧，并在同步帧指示下与电子设备200建立通信连接。由于电子设备200发送同步帧只需要耗费几毫秒，因此从t80时刻开始，整个建链过程耗费较短的时间即可完成。
需理解，在实际的搜救过程中，当处于基础救援模式的救援终端刚结束同步帧的发送过程，处于低功耗求救模式的求救终端可能正好刚开始进行信号的侦听。在这种情况下，救援终端和求救终端的建链过程则需要花费较长的时间。具体可参考如图8中的(B)和(C)所示出的建链过程。
如图8中的(B)所示，在t85时刻，电子设备开始周期时长为T0的搜救工作周期，即时刻t85-时刻t87；而在t86时刻，电子设备100才开始周期时长为(T0+T1)的搜救工作周期，即时刻t86-时刻t87。从图8中的(B)可以看出，在t85时刻，电子设备200开始发送同步帧。而在t86时刻，电子设备200结束同步帧的发送过程，且电子设备100正好开始进行信号的侦听。由于电子设备100处于低功耗求救模式，因此，在时刻t86-时刻t89这段时间中，电子设备将处于休眠状态，但电子设备200的第一个搜救工作周期在t87时刻结束，即电子设备200在第一个搜救工作周期无法与电子设备100成功建链。
但是，结合前述对图4的说明可知，在低功耗求救模式下，救援终端的一个完整的搜救工作周期(T0+T1)中的T1时长可以视为其与下一个搜救工作周期之间的存在的后置时长。当不存在这部分后置时长的情况下，则求救终端和救援终端的搜救工作周期相同，那么对于图8中的(B)所示的情况而言，电子设备200将在t87时刻开始下一个搜救工作周期，并在t87时刻开始侦听发送同步帧，而在t88时刻结束同步帧的发送过程；而电子设备100正好在t88时刻开始进行信号的侦听，如此反复，那么电子设备200与电子设备100在后续工作周期内将永远无法成功建链。
当求救终端两个搜救工作周期之间存在这部分后置时长的情况下，电子设备100下一个搜救工作周期则应该在t89开始，而电子设备200依旧在t87时刻开始下一个搜救工作周 期。虽然电子设备100在该搜救工作周期内依旧无法与电子设备200成功建链，且t89时刻与离电子设备200上一次发送同步帧的时刻，即t88时刻之间的时间间隔更长了，但是在电子设备100与电子设备200后续若干个搜救工作周期内，电子设备100被动侦听的时刻将由于周期之间后置时长的不断积累一直后延；假设时刻t86-时刻t89为电子设备100的第一个搜救工作周期，由于基础救援终端发送同步帧的周期为T2，则直至在电子设备100的第(T2/T1)个搜救工作周期中，电子设备100开始被动侦听的时刻，正好为电子设备200的第(T2/T1)个搜救工作周期中，第二个切片周期内电子设备200开始发送同步帧的时刻。如图8中的(C)所示，在t810时刻，电子设备200开始第(T2/T1)个搜救工作周期，在t811时刻，电子设备200结束第(T2/T1)个搜救工作周期的第一个切片周期，开始第二个切片周期的工作，即t811时刻，电子设备200开始向外发送同步帧。同时，在t811时刻，电子设备100开始第(T2/T1)个搜救工作周期，即t811时刻，电子设备100开始进行信号的侦听。因此，在t811时刻之后，电子设备100可以接收到电子设备200发送的同步帧，并在同步帧指示下与电子设备200建立通信连接。
可以理解的是，图5-图8仅仅示例性示出了电子设备100与电子设备200在工作模式组合下的建链的过程，其具体形式仅是为了便于读者理解，其不应构成对本申请实施例的限定。在实际的场景中，电子设备100和电子设备200在各工作模式组合下建链的方式和耗时可以根据电子设备100和电子设备200各自搜救工作周期的开始时刻、电子设备100和电子设备200在各自搜救工作周期中信号收发交替次序、休眠时段发生变化。
接下来结合图9-图12介绍电子设备在上述四种工作模式下的具体工作流程。
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图。该方法可以基于上述电子设备100或电子设备200在强力求救模式的工作模式下实现。用于实现该方法的终端可以称为强力求救终端，在实施该方法时，强力求救终端周期性地进行搜救工作，且有效规划了其在一个搜救工作周期中发射、侦听、休眠的时间占比，在节约求救终端电量的同时，在强力求救的连续侦听阶段，任何求救终端周围的救援终端，无论处于“强力救援”还是“基础救援”，其发出的同步帧和紧急救援建链请求帧都会被处理并反馈，有较快的救援速度。如图9所示，本申请实施例提供的方法可以包括：
S101、求救终端从休眠状态中唤醒，并以T0时长为周期开始工作。
上述求救终端可以是前述说明中的电子设备100或者电子设备200。
具体的，上述求救终端可以接收用户的操作指令，确定并启动上述求救终端的求救模式为强力求救模式。
在申请实施例中，在求救终端成功与其他救援终端建链或者电量耗尽之前，求救终端将以T0时长为周期进行周期性地进行信号收发交替、休眠等过程。其中，T0可以为任意时长，例如8192ms。
S102、在T2时长内，求救终端连续侦听，并周期性发送紧急救援建链请求帧。
当求救终端结束休眠状态时进入工作周期时，在时长为T0的一个完整的搜救工作周期中，求救终端将在周期中某段时长为T2的时间段内持续对环境中的信号进行侦听。在这段时长为T2的时间段内，求救终端还会周期性的主动向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧，该紧急 救援建链请求帧可以被环境中的救援终端接收，救援终端接收该紧急救援建链请求帧之后，即可向求救终端发送紧急救援建链响应帧，以此来完成彼此之间通信连接的建立。其中，T2可以为任意时长，例如512ms。
需理解，在上述T2时长内，求救终端侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧的动作是交替进行的，也就是说，当求救终端正在侦听信号时，求救终端并不会发送紧急救援建链请求帧，当求救终端开始发送紧急救援建链请求帧时，求救终端也会暂时暂停侦听信号的过程。具体过程可以参考前述对图4中的(A)的相关说明。
此外，在上述T2时长内，求救终端侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧的过程可以是连续的，即在求救终端交替进行侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧的过程中，当求救终端结束紧急救援建链请求帧的发送时，其可以立即开始侦听信号。这里假设求救终端连续进行一次侦听的时长和进行一次请求帧发送的时长之和为T1，则T1可以被称为一个紧急救援帧周期。由于求救终端侦听信号所耗费的电能远小于其发送信号所耗费的电能，因此，在一个紧急救援帧周期中，求救终端只花费极少的时间用于发送紧急救援建链请求帧，其余时间均用于侦听。例如，上述T1可以为64ms，其中，3ms-5ms用于发送紧急救援建链请求帧，剩下的大约60ms均用于侦听环境中的信号。
S103、求救终端判断是否接收到其他设备发送的信号。
S104、求救终端判断是否已连续侦听T2时长。
求救终端在上述T2时长内持续交替侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧。在上述T2时长内，在求救终端侦听到救援终端发送的信号帧(该信号帧可以为救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧、救援终端发送的同步帧或者救援终端接收到求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧之后回复的紧急救援建链响应帧)的情况下，救援终端可以接着执行后续步骤S105；若上述T2时长对应的时段结束，求救终端还未能与其他救援终端成功建链时，救援终端将执行后续步骤S107。
S105、求救终端根据收到的信号的帧格式，选择相应的方式接入信道。
结合前述说明可知，求救终端接收到的救援终端发送到信号可以包括：救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧、救援终端发送的同步帧或者救援终端接收到求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧之后回复的紧急救援建链响应帧。其中，不同信号帧具有不同的帧格式，求救终端可以根据其接收到的信号的帧格式判别信号的类型，并采取相应的建链方式与救援终端建链。当求救终端可以接收到某个信号帧，其帧格式中的“Rescue”比特位标识为“1”时，救援终端即可确定该信号为救援终端发出的紧急救援建链请求帧。
求救终端在接收到救援设备发送的信号之后，可以根据该信号的帧格式，选择相应的方式接入信道。其具体可以参考前述对图5和图6的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
此外，在实际的救援过程中，环境很可能存在其他被困人员，因此环境中也很可能存在其他求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧。虽然救援终端也能接收到其他求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，但是求救终端同样可以通过帧格式来区别该紧急救援建链请求帧是其他求救终端发出的还是救援终端发出的。在该紧急救援建链请求帧为同为求救终端的其他终端发送的情况下，求救终端则可以忽略该紧急救援建链请求帧，对其不作处理。
S106、求救终端判断是否建链成功。
在接收到救援终端发送的信号并且在该信号的支持下尝试与救援终端建链之后，若求救终端成功与救援终端建链，则求救终端可以执行步骤S109；若在求救终端接收到救援终端发送的信号后，由于某些其他原因(例如信号的延迟，信号之间的干扰等情况)，两个终端之间未能成功建链，若此时求救终端还未连续侦听T2时长，则在侦听时长还未达到上述T2时长之前，求救终端将继续侦听持续交替侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧，并按照前述步骤S102-步骤S106的执行流程继续工作。
S107、求救终端休眠Tb时长后再次唤醒，再次尝试T2时长。
当求救终端已经连续侦听T2时长之后，还未能与其他救援终端建立连接，则救援终端将短暂休眠T1时长后再次唤醒，再次尝试T2时长。需理解在本搜救工作周期中，其可以包含两个时长为T2的切片周期，前述步骤S102-步骤S106均在第一个切片周期内完成。当求救终端在第一个切片周期未能与其他救援终端建立连接时，其可能是因为求救终端和救援终端之间在各自的搜救工作周期内一直在同步的接收信号或者同步的发送信号，导致两个终端无法成功建链。因此，求救终端可以再次重复前述信号收发的过程，并将信号收发过程的开始时刻向后偏置一个时长，即时长Tb。具体的，Tb的具体时长可以为紧急救援帧周期的一半，即T1＝2Tb。这样，在第二个切片周期内，求救终端即可成功与救援终端建链。具体可以参阅前述对图5中的(A)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
S108、求救终端判断是否建链成功。
当第二个时长为T2的切片周期结束之后，即求救终端已经再次连续侦听T2时长之后，若求救终端还未能与其他救援终端建立连接，则表示救援人员很可能还未能接近受困者，及周围环境中并不存在救援终端，则求救终端将执行步骤S110；若求救终端在第二个切片周期内成功和救援终端建链，则求救终端可以执行步骤S109。
S109、求救终端向救援终端发送求救信息。
若求救终端在第一个切片周期(第一个T2时长)内或者第二个切片周期(第二个T2时长)成功与救援终端建立连接，则求救终端可以向救援终端发送求救信息。例如，在建立连接之后，求救终端可以自动将图3中的(B)所示的用户的个人信息发送给救援终端；或者，求救终端也可以响应与用户的其他操作发送其他求救信息(例如被困人数、被困地点等等)给救援终端，本申请对比不做限定。
S110、求救终端进入休眠状态，直至下一个周期开始。
当第二个时长为T2的切片周期结束之后，若求救终端还未能与其他救援终端建立连接，则表示救援人员很可能还未能接近受困者，则求救终端为了节约电能，将进长时期的休眠状态。例如，若求救终端在每一个搜救周期的开始时即连续侦听T2时长(即如图4中的(A)所示，第一个切片周期的开始时刻即为整个搜救工作周期的开始时刻)，则若求救终端在第二个时长为T2的切片周期结束之后还未能与其他救援终端建立连接，求救终端将进行时长为(T0-2T2-Tb)的休眠时期，直至下一个都搜救工作周期开始。
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图。该方法可以基于上述电子设备100或电子设备200在低功耗求救模式的工作模式下实现。用于实现该方法的终端可以称为低功耗求救终端，在实施该方法时，低功耗求救终端通过周期性的进行搜救工作，且有 效规划了其在一个搜救工作周期中发射、侦听、休眠的时间占比，在节约求救终端电量的同时，任何求救终端周围且处于“强力救援”的有效终端，其发出的紧急救援建链请求帧都会得到反馈并完成建链。如果附近有处于“基础救援”或同步节点终端，在一段时间内也会因紧急救援帧周期偏置而被捕捉到同步帧，随后在同步帧指示的接入信道上尝试发起接入。如图10所示，本申请实施例提供的方法可以包括：
S201、求救终端从休眠状态中唤醒，并以(T0+T1)时长为周期开始工作。
上述求救终端可以是前述说明中的电子设备100或者电子设备200。
具体的，上述求救终端可以接收用户的操作指令，确定并启动上述求救终端的求救模式为低功耗求救模式。
在申请实施例中，在处于低功耗求救模式下的求救终端在成功与其他救援终端建链或者电量耗尽之前，求救终端将以(T0+T1)时长为周期进行周期性地进行信号侦听、休眠等过程。其中，T1和T0可以为任意时长，例如T0可以为8192ms，T1可以为64ms。
S202、在T1时长内，求救终端连续侦听。
在T1时长内，求救终端连续侦听，并周期性发送紧急救援建链请求帧。
当求救终端结束休眠状态时进入工作周期时，在时长为(T0+T1)的一个完整的搜救工作周期中，求救终端将在周期中某段时长为T1的时间段内持续对环境中的信号进行侦听。其中，T2可以为任意时长，例如512ms。
需理解，在上述T2时长内，求救终端侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧的动作是交替进行的，也就是说，当求救终端正在侦听信号时，求救终端并不会发送紧急救援建链请求帧，但是为了节约电能，求救终端在整个工作周期中并不会向外主动发送紧急救援建链请求帧。具体过程可以参考前述对图4中的(B)的相关说明。
S203、求救终端判断是否接收到其他设备发送的信号。
S204、求救终端判断是否已连续侦听T1时长。
在上述T1时长对应的时段结束之前，求救终端在上述T1时长内持续侦听信号。在上述T2时长对应的时段内，在求救终端侦听到救援终端发送的信号帧(该信号帧可以为救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧或救援终端发送的同步帧)的情况下，救援终端可以接着执行后续步骤S205；若上述T2时长结束，求救终端还未能与其他救援终端成功建链时，救援终端将执行后续步骤S208。
S205、求救终端根据收到的信号的帧格式，选择相应的方式接入信道。
结合前述说明可知，求救终端接收到的救援终端发送到信号可以包括：救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧以及救援终端发送的同步帧。其中，不同信号帧具有不同的帧格式，求救终端可以根据其接收到的信号的帧格式判别信号的类型，并采取相应的建链方式与救援终端建链；具体可以参考前述对图7和图8的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
S206、求救终端判断是否建链成功。
在接收到救援终端发送的信号并且在该信号的支持下尝试与救援终端建链之后，若求救终端成功与救援终端建链，则救援终端可以执行步骤S207；若在求救终端接收到救援终端发送的信号后，由于某些其他原因(例如信号的延迟，信号之间的干扰等情况)，两个终端之间未能成功建链，若此时求救终端还未连续侦听T1时长，则在侦听时长还未达到上 述T1时长之前，求救终端将继续侦听持续交替侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧，并按照前述步骤S202-步骤S206的执行流程继续工作。
S207、求救终端向救援终端发送求救信息。
若救援终端在上述T1时长对应的时段内成功与救援终端建立连接，则求救终端可以向救援终端发送求救信息。具体可以参考前述对步骤S109的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
S208、求救终端进入休眠状态，直至下一个周期开始。
当在上述T1时长对应的时段结束之后，若求救终端还未能与其他救援终端建立连接，为了节约电能，求救终端将进长时期的休眠状态。例如，若求救终端在每一个搜救周期的开始时即连续侦听T1时长(即如图4中的(B)所示，求救终端的开始侦听的时刻即为整个搜救工作周期的开始时刻)，则若求救终端在上述T1时长对应的时段结束之后还未能与其他救援终端建立连接，求救终端将进行时长为T0的休眠时期，直至下一个搜救工作周期开始。
需要说明的是，低功耗模式下求救终端一个完整的搜救工作周期(T0+T1)中的T1时长可以视为两个连续的搜救工作周期T0之间的存在的后置时长。这部分后置时长可以防止电子设备作为求救终端时，每一个周期内发送请求建链请求帧的时候，周围处于基础救援模式的救援终端正好也处于自身的休眠时期，导致建链失败。具体可以参考前述对图8中的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图。该方法可以基于上述电子设备100或电子设备200在强力救援模式的工作模式下实现。用于实现该方法的终端可以称为强力救援终端，在实施该方法时，强力救援终端周期性地进行搜救工作，且有效规划了其在一个搜救工作周期中发射、侦听、休眠的时间占比，能较为迅速地与处于强力求救模式下以及处于基础求救模式下的求救终端建立通信连接。如图11所示，本申请实施例提供的方法可以包括：
S301、救援终端从休眠状态中唤醒，并以T0时长为周期开始工作。
上述救援终端可以是前述说明中的电子设备100或者电子设备200。
具体的，上述救援终端可以接收用户的操作指令，确定并启动上述救援终端的救援模式为强力救援模式。
在申请实施例中，在求救终端成功与其他救援终端建链或者电量耗尽之前，救援终端将以T0时长为周期进行周期性地进行信号收发交替、休眠等过程。其中，T0可以为任意时长，例如8192ms。
S302、救援终端是否为主节点或同步节点。
S303、救援终端发送同步帧。
在救援终端本身是自组网的主节点或同步节点的情况下，会周期性的在广播信道发送同步帧，求救终端可以在救援终端发送的同步帧指示的随机接入信道发起接入。该同步帧中包含发送端节点的精确时间戳和节点信息，收到同步帧的设备(例如求救终端)可以通过上述精确时间戳和节点信息，计算发送端节点各工作信道的时频位置并在对应时频位置上与发送端节点建立连接。其中同步帧的发送周期时长可以为T2时长。在救援终端并非自 组网的主节点或同步节点的情况下，救援终端则只会向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧和紧急救援建链请求响应帧，而不会向外发送同步帧，即救援终端不执行本步骤S303。
S304、在T2时长内，救援终端连续侦听，并周期性发送紧急救援建链请求帧。
当救援终端结束休眠状态时进入工作周期时，在时长为T0的一个完整的搜救工作周期中，救援终端将在周期中某段时长为T2的时间段内持续对环境中的信号进行侦听。在这段时长为T2的时间段内，救援终端还会周期性的主动向外发送紧急救援建链请求帧，该紧急救援建链请求帧可以被环境中的求救终端接收，该求救终端接收该紧急救援建链请求帧之后，即可向救援终端发送紧急救援建链响应帧，以此来完成彼此之间通信连接的建立。其中，T2可以为任意时长，例如512ms。
需理解，在上述T2时长内，救援终端侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧的动作是交替进行的，也就是说，当求救终端正在侦听信号时，救援终端并不会发送紧急救援建链请求帧，当救援终端开始发送紧急救援建链请求帧时，救援终端也会暂时暂停侦听信号的过程。具体过程可以参考前述对图4中的(C)的相关说明。
S305、救援终端判断是否接收到其他设备发送的信号。
S306、救援终端判断是否已连续侦听T2时长。
救援终端在上述T2时长内持续交替侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧。在上述T2时长内，在救援终端侦听到求救终端发送的信号帧(该信号帧可以为求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧、求救终端接收到救援终端发送的同步帧之后回复的接入请求信号，或者求救援终端接收到救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧之后回复的紧急救援建链响应帧)的情况下，救援终端可以接着执行后续步骤S307；若上述T2时长对应的时段结束，救援终端还未能与其他求救终端成功建链时，救援终端将执行后续步骤S309。
S307、救援终端根据收到的信号的帧格式，选择相应的方式接入信道。
结合前述说明可知，救援终端接收到的救援终端发送到信号可以包括：求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，求救终端接收到救援终端发送的同步帧之后回复的响应帧，或者求救援终端接收到救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧之后回复的紧急救援建链响应帧。其中，不同信号帧具有不同的帧格式，求救终端可以根据其接收到的信号的帧格式判别信号的类型，并采取相应的建链方式与救援终端建链。
求救终端在接收到救援设备发送的信号之后，可以根据该信号的帧格式，选择相应的方式接入信道。其具体可以参考前述对图5和图7的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
此外，在实际的救援过程中，环境很可能存在其他被困人员，因此环境中也很可能存在其他救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧。虽然救援终端也能接收到其他求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，但是求救终端同样可以通过帧格式来区别该紧急救援建链请求帧是其他救援终端发出的还是求救终端发出的。在该紧急救援建链请求帧为同为救援终端的其他终端发送的情况下，救援终端则可以忽略该紧急救援建链请求帧，对其不作处理。
S308、救援终端判断是否建链成功。
在接收到求救终端发送的信号并且在该信号的支持下尝试与救援终端建链之后，若救援终端成功与求救终端建链，则救援终端可以执行步骤S311；若救援终端接收到求救终端发送的信号后，由于某些其他原因(例如信号的延迟，信号之间的干扰等情况)，两个终 端之间未能成功建链，若此时救援终端还未连续侦听T2时长，则在侦听时长还未达到上述T2时长之前，救援终端将继续侦听持续交替侦听信号和发送紧急救援建链请求帧，并按照前述步骤S302-步骤S308的执行流程继续工作。
S309、救援终端再次尝试T2时长。
当求救终端已经连续侦听T2时长之后，还未能与其他求救终端建立连接，则救援终端将在第一个T2时长对应的时段结束时，立即再次尝试侦听T2时长。需理解在本搜救工作周期中，其可以包含两个时长为T2的切片周期，前述步骤S302-步骤S306均在第一个切片周期内完成。当救援终端在第一个切片周期未能与其他救援终端建立连接时，其可能是因为求救终端和救援终端之间在各自的搜救工作周期内一直在同步的接收信号或者同步的发送信号，导致两个终端无法成功建链。因此，由于处于强力求救模式下的求救终端会在第二个切片周期向后偏置一个时长，即前述时长Tb，则在第二个切片周期内，救援终端即可成功与处于强力救援模式求救终端建链。具体可以参阅前述对图5中的(A)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
S310、救援终端判断是否建链成功。
当第二个时长为T2的切片周期结束之后，即救援终端已经再次连续侦听T2时长之后，若救援终端还未能与其他求救终端建立连接，则表示救援人员很可能还未能接近受困者则求救终端将执行步骤S312；若救援终端在第二个切片周期内成功和求救终端建链，则救援终端可以执行步骤S311。
S311、救援终端接收求救终端发送的信息。
若救援终端在第一个切片周期(第一个T2时长)内或者第二个切片周期(第二个T2时长)成功与求救终端建立连接，则救援终端可以接收救援终端发送来的求救信息。具体可以参考前述对步骤S109的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
S312、救援终端进入休眠状态，直至下一个周期开始。
当第二个时长为T2的切片周期结束之后，若救援终端还未能与其他求救终端建立连接，则表示救援人员很可能还未能接近受困者，则救援终端可以进入较长时期的休眠状态。例如，若救援终端在每一个搜救周期的开始时即连续侦听T2时长(即如图4中的(C)所示，第一个切片周期的开始时刻即为整个搜救工作周期的开始时刻)，则若救援终端在第二个时长为T2的切片周期结束之后还未能与其他求救终端建立连接，救援终端将进行时长为(T0-2T2)的休眠时期，直至下一个搜救工作周期开始。
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图。该方法可以基于上述电子设备100或电子设备200在基础救援模式的工作模式下实现。用于实现该方法的终端可以称为基础救援终端，在实施该方法时，基础救援终端周期性地进行搜救工作，能在极大节约救援终端电能的前提下，较为迅速地与处于强力求救模式下的求救终端建立通信连接。如图12所示，本申请实施例提供的方法可以包括：
S401、救援终端从休眠状态中唤醒，并以T0时长为周期开始工作。
上述救援终端可以是前述说明中的电子设备100或者电子设备200。
具体的，上述救援终端可以接收用户的操作指令，确定并启动上述救援终端的救援模 式为基础救援模式。
在申请实施例中，在求救终端成功与其他救援终端建链或者电量耗尽之前，救援终端将以T0时长为周期进行周期性地进行信号收发交替、休眠等过程。其中，T0可以为任意时长，例如8192ms。
S402、救援终端是否为同步节点。
S403、救援终端发送同步帧。
步骤S402-步骤S403的详细内容可以参考前述对步骤S302-步骤S303的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
S404、在T2时长内，救援终端连续侦听T1时长。
当救援终端结束休眠状态时进入工作周期时，在时长为T0的一个完整的搜救工作周期中，救援终端将在周期中某段时长为T2的时间段内确定一段时长为T1的时段，并在该时长为T1的时段中，持续对环境中的信号进行侦听。其中，T2可以为任意时长，例如512ms；T1可以为任意比T2时长短的时长，例如64ms。具体过程可以参考前述对图4中的(D)的相关说明。
S405、救援终端判断是否接收到其他设备发送的信号。
S406、救援终端判断是否已连续侦听T1时长。
救援终端在上述T1时长内侦听信号。在上述T1时长内，在救援终端侦听到求救终端发送的信号帧(该信号帧可以为求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，或求救终端接收到救援终端发送的同步帧之后回复的接入请求信号)的情况下，救援终端可以接着执行后续步骤S407；若上述T1时长对应的时段结束，救援终端还未能与其他求救终端成功建链时，救援终端将执行后续步骤S409。
S407、救援终端根据收到的信号的帧格式，选择相应的方式接入信道。
结合前述说明可知，处于基础救援模式下的救援终端接收到的救援终端发送到信号包括紧急救援建链请求帧或，求救终端接收到救援终端发送的同步帧之后回复的响应帧。求救终端可以根据接收到的信号的帧格式，采取相应的建链方式与救援终端建链。
其具体可以参考前述对图6和图8的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
此外，在实际的救援过程中，环境很可能存在其他被困人员，因此环境中也很可能存在其他救援终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧。虽然救援终端也能接收到其他求救终端发送的紧急救援建链请求帧，但是求救终端同样可以通过帧格式来区别该紧急救援建链请求帧是其他救援终端发出的还是求救终端发出的。在该紧急救援建链请求帧为同为救援终端的其他终端发送的情况下，救援终端则可以忽略该紧急救援建链请求帧，对其不作处理。
S408、救援终端判断是否建链成功。
在接收到求救终端发送的信号并且在该信号的支持下尝试与救援终端建链之后，若救援终端成功与求救终端建链，则救援终端可以执行步骤S411；若救援终端接收到求救终端发送的信号后，由于某些其他原因(例如信号的延迟，信号之间的干扰等情况)，两个终端之间未能成功建链，若此时救援终端还未连续侦听T1时长，则在侦听时长还未达到上述T1时长之前，救援终端将继续侦听持续侦听信号，并按照前述步骤S402-步骤S408的执行流程继续工作。
S409、求救终端再次尝试T2时长，在T2时长内，救援终端再次连续侦听T1时长。
当求救终端已经连续侦听T1时长之后，还未能与其他求救终端建立连接，则救援终端将在第一个T2时长对应的时段结束时，在下一个T2时长中的相同时段中，再次尝试侦听T1时长。需理解，在本搜救工作周期中，其可以包含两个时长为T2的切片周期，前述步骤S402-步骤S406均在第一个切片周期内完成。当救援终端在第一个切片周期未能与其他救援终端建立连接时，其可能是因为处于低功耗求救模式的终端在侦听信号时候，周围处于基础救援模式的救援终端正好处于自身的休眠时期，导致建链失败。因此，由于处于低功耗求救模式下的求救终端会在第二个切片周期向后偏置一个时长，即前述时长T1，则在若干个周期之后，救援终端在后续某个字搜救工作周期中的第二个切片周期中，成功与处于低功耗求救模式的求救终端建链。具体可以参阅前述对图8的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
S410、救援终端判断是否建链成功。
当第二个时长为T1的切片周期结束之后，即救援终端已经再次连续侦听T1时长之后，若救援终端还未能与其他求救终端建立连接，则表示救援人员很可能还未能接近受困者则求救终端将执行步骤S412；若救援终端在第二个切片周期内成功和求救终端建链，则救援终端可以执行步骤S411。
S411、救援终端接收求救终端发送的信息。
若救援终端在第一个切片周期(第一个T1时长)内或者第二个切片周期(第二个T1时长)成功与求救终端建立连接，则救援终端可以接收救援终端发送来的求救信息。具体可以参考前述对步骤S109的相关说明，这里不再赘述。
S412、救援终端进入休眠状态，直至下一个周期开始。
当第二个时长为T2的切片周期结束之后，若救援终端还未能与其他求救终端建立连接，则表示救援人员很可能还未能接近受困者，则救援终端可以进入休眠状态。例如即如图4中的(D)所示，救援终端将进行时长为(T0-2T2)的休眠时期，直至下一个搜救工作周期开始。
接下来本申请实施例提供的一种搜救系统，该搜救系统包括求救终端1301和救援终端1302。其中，求救终端1301可以为前述电子设备100；救援终端1302可以为前述电子设备200。在搜救过程中，求救终端1301可以以强力求救模式或低功耗求救模式进行工作；救援终端1302可以以强力救援模式或基础救援模式进行工作。在求救终端1301和救援终端1302采用不同的模式组合进行工作的情况下，这两个终端之间建链过程均可以通如图13中的(A)、(B)和(C)所示的建链方式中的一种或多种来完成。其中：
在图13中的(A)中，求救终端1301接收到救援终端发送的同步帧之后，在同步帧指示的随机接入信道发送接入请求，求救终端1301接与救援终端1302之间采用开放系统认证方式，包含开放系统接入请求(Msg1)和接入响应(Msg2)两步，不需要鉴权。
在图13中的(C)中，求救终端1301接收到救援终端1302发送的紧急救援建链请求帧之后，从紧急救援建链请求帧中读取救援终端指示的时间戳(timestamp)，并向救援终端1302回复紧急救援建链响应帧。救援终端1302收到紧急救援建链响应帧后，在此后所有的接入信道及紧急救援信道上进行侦听。求救终端1301根据上述时间戳计算接入信道及救 援信道位置，在接入信道及救援信道上发起随机接入完成建链。在本方式中，随机接入可以采用开放系统认证方式，其包含开放系统接入请求(Msg1)和接入响应(Msg2)两步，不需要鉴权。
在图13中的(B)中，救援终端1302收到求救终端1301发送的紧急救援建链请求帧之后，回复紧急救援建链响应帧，在紧急救援建链响应帧中包含时间戳。救援终端1302收到紧急救援建链请求帧后，在此后所有的接入信道及紧急救援信道上进行侦听。求救终端1301根据上述时间戳计算接入信道及救援信道位置，在接入信道及救援信道上发起随机接入完成建链。在本方式中，可以随机接入采用开放系统认证方式，其包含开放系统接入请求(Msg1)和接入响应(Msg2)两步，不需要鉴权。
当求救终端1301强力求救终端，救援终端1302为强力救援终端时，这两个终端之间建链过程均可以通如图13中的(A)、(B)和(C)所示的方式完成。
当求救终端1301强力求救终端，救援终端1302为基础救援终端时，这两个终端之间建链过程均可以通如图13中的(A)和(B)所示的方式完成。
当求救终端1301低功耗求救终端，救援终端1302为强力救援终端时，这两个终端之间建链过程均可以通如图13中的(A)和(C)所示的方式完成。
当求救终端1301低功耗求救终端，救援终端1302为基础救援终端时，这两个终端之间建链过程均可以通如图13中的(A)所示的方式完成。
求救终端1301和救援终端1302采用不同的模式组合、以及在既定模式组合下采用相应建链方式的具体过程和步骤可以参考前述相关说明，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供了一种电子设备，该电子设备包括：一个或多个处理器和存储器；其中，存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合，该存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，该一个或多个处理器调用该计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行前述实施例中所示的方法。
上述实施例中所用，根据上下文，术语“当…时”可以被解释为意思是“如果…”或“在…后”或“响应于确定…”或“响应于检测到…”。类似地，根据上下文，短语“在确定…时”或“如果检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)”可以被解释为意思是“如果确定…”或“响应于确定…”或“在检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)时”或“响应于检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)”。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质 可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘)等。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程，该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成，该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中，该程序在执行时，可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括：ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。

Claims (21)

  1. 一种通信方法，所述方法应用于第一终端，其特征在于：
    接收用户的操作指令，确定并启动所述第一终端的求救模式，所述求救模式包括低功耗求救模式和强力求救模式；
    所述第一终端与第二终端建立第一网络链路；
    其中，所述第二终端处于基础救援模式或强力救援模式；在相同工作时长内，所述第一终端在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗；所述第二终端在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述第一终端处于所述强力求救模式时，所述第一终端以第一时长为周期交替发送第一信号和侦听所述第二终端发送的第二信号，在每个周期中至少包含两组所述第一终端交替执行侦听和发送的操作；所述两组所述第一终端交替执行侦听和发送的操作之间间隔第二时长，所述第二时长小于所述第一终端发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号所需时长之和；所述第一信号和所述第二信号用于与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；
    当所述第一终端处于所述低功耗求救模式时，所述第一终端侦听环境中是否存所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号，所述第一终端执行侦听的持续时间为第三时长；若未侦听到，则所述第一终端以侦听结束的时刻间隔第四时长并偏移第五时长再次侦听环境中是否存在所述第二信号，直到所述第一终端侦听到所述第二信号。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端与第二终端建立第一网络链路，包括：
    所述第一终端侦听到处于所述强力救援模式下的所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号之后，向所述第二终端回复响应信号；当所述第二终端在所述响应信号的指示下接入信道后，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；
    所述第二信号为用于请求与所述第一终端建立第一网络链路的第二请求信号；
    或，所述第一终端侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号之后，在所述第二信号指示的信道向所述第二终端发送接入请求；当所述第二终端响应所述接入请求后，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；
    所述第二信号为所述第二终端发送的同步信号；
    或，处于所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端发送的所述第一信号被所述第二终端侦听到之后，所述第一终端在所述第二终端回复的响应信号的指示下接入信道，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；
    所述第一信号为所述第一终端发送的用于请求与所述第二终端建立第一网络链路的第一请求信号。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述第一终端处于所述强力求救模式时，所述第一终端以第一时长为周期发送第一 信号和侦听所述第二终端发送的第二信号，包括：在每个周期中对应的第一时段内，所述第一终端连续交替发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号，持续第六时长；若所述第一终端未能在所述第一时段内侦听到所述第二信号，且所述第二终端未能在所述第一时段内收到所述第一信号，则所述第一终端在以所述第一时段结束的时刻进入休眠状态，经所述第二时长后，在每个周期中对应的第二时段内，所述第一终端连续交替发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号，持续第七时长；
    当所述第一终端处于所述低功耗求救模式时，所述第一终端以侦听结束的时刻间隔第四时长并偏移第五时长再次侦听环境中是否存在所述第二信号，包括：所述第一终端在所述侦听结束的时刻进入休眠状态；经所述第四时长和所述第五时长后，所述第一终端从所述休眠状态唤醒，再次侦听环境中是否存在所述第二信号，所述第一终端执行侦听的持续时间为所述第三时长。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第六时长等于所述第七时长，和/或，第八时长为所述第七时长的两倍；所述第八时长为在所述强力求救模式下，所述第一终端发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号所需时长之和。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三时长等于所述第五时长，和/或，所述第三时长等于所述第八时长。
  7. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于第二终端，
    接收用户的操作指令，确定并启动所述第二终端的救援模式，所述救援模式包括基础救援模式和强力求救模式；
    所述第二终端与第一终端建立第一网络链路；
    其中，所述第一终端处于低功耗求救模式或强力求救模式；在相同工作时长下，所述第二终端在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗，所述第一终端在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述第二终端处于所述强力救援模式时，所述第二终端以第一时长为周期交替发送第二信号和侦听第一信号，所述第二终端在每个周期内交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号的持续时间为第九时长；所述第二信号包括第二请求信号和同步信号；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号且所述第二信号未能被第一终端侦听到，则所述第二终端休眠第十时长至当前周期结束，再次交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号或所述第二信号被所述第一终端侦听到；所述第二请求信号为所述第二终端发送的用于请求与所述第一终端建立第一网络链路的信号；所述第一信号为所述第一终端发送的用于请求与所述第二终端建立第一网络链路的第一请求信号；
    当所述第二终端处于所述基础救援模式时，所述第二终端以所述第一时长为周期侦听 所述第一信号；且在每个周期中至少包含一个所述第二终端侦听所述第一信号的时段；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号，则所述第二终端休眠所述第十时长至当前周期结束，再次侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号。
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端为在网设备，当所述第二终端处于所述基础救援模式时，所述第二终端还以所述第一时长为周期发送同步信号，且在每个周期内至少包含一次所述第二终端发送所述同步信号的时段。
  10. 根据权利要求7至9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端与第一终端建立第一网络链路，包括：
    所述第二终端侦听到处于所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求信号之后，向所述第一终端回复响应信号；当所述第一终端在所述响应信号的指示下接入信道后，所述第二终端与所述第一终端建立所述第一网络链路；
    或，所述第二终端侦听到所述第二终端发送的所述同步信号之后，在所述同步信号指示的信道向所述第二终端发送接入请求；当所述第二终端响应所述接入请求后，所述第二终端与所述第一终端建立所述第一网络链路；
    或，处于所述强力救援模式下的所述第二终端发送的所述第二请求信号被所述第一终端侦听到之后，所述第二终端在所述第一终端回复的响应信号的指示下接入信道，所述第二终端与所述第一终端建立所述第一网络链路。
  11. 根据权利要求7至10任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第十时长大于所述第九时长。
  12. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统包括第一终端和第二终端，
    当满足第一触发条件时，所述第一终端和所述第二终端建立第一网络链路；所述第一触发条件为下述条件之一：
    所述第一终端处于强力求救模式且所述第二终端处于强力救援模式；
    所述第一终端处于强力求救模式且所述第二终端处于基础救援模式；
    所述第一终端处于低功耗求救模式且所述第二终端处于强力求救模式；
    所述第一终端处于低功耗求救模式且所述第二终端处于基础求救模式；
    在相同工作时长下，所述第二终端在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗，所述第一终端在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的系统，其特征在于，
    当所述第一终端处于所述强力求救模式时，所述第一终端以第一时长为周期交替发送第一信号和侦听所述第二终端发送的第二信号，在每个周期中至少包含两组所述第一终端交替执行侦听和发送的操作；所述两组所述第一终端交替执行侦听和发送的操作之间间隔 第二时长，所述第二时长小于所述第一终端发送所述第一信号和侦听所述第二信号所需时长之和；所述第一信号和所述第二信号用于与所述第二终端建立所述网络链路；
    当所述第一终端处于所述低功耗求救模式时，所述第一终端侦听环境中是否存所述第二终端发送的所述第二信号，所述第一终端执行侦听的持续时间为第三时长；若未侦听到，则所述第一终端以侦听结束的时刻间隔第四时长并偏移第五时长再次侦听环境中是否存在所述第二信号，直到所述第一终端侦听到所述第二信号；
    当所述第二终端处于所述强力救援模式时，所述第二终端以所述第一时长为周期交替发送第二信号和侦听第一信号，所述第二终端在每个周期内交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号的持续时间为第九时长；所述第二信号包括第二请求信号和同步信号；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号且所述第二信号未能被第一终端侦听到，则所述第二终端休眠第十时长至当前周期结束，再次交替发送所述第二信号和侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号或所述第二信号被所述第一终端侦听到；所述第二请求信号为所述第二终端发送的用于请求与所述第一终端建立第一网络链路的信号；所述第一信号为所述第一终端发送的用于请求与所述第二终端建立第一网络链路的第一请求信号；
    当所述第二终端处于所述基础救援模式时，所述第二终端以所述第一时长为周期侦听所述第一信号；且在每个周期中至少包含一个所述第二终端侦听所述第一信号的时段；若在对应时段内所述第二终端未能侦听到所述第一信号，则所述第二终端休眠所述第十时长至当前周期结束，再次侦听所述第一信号，直到所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号。
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的系统，其特征在于，所述第一终端和所述第二终端建立第一网络链路，包括：
    处于所述强力救援模式下的所述第二终端发送所述第二信号，处于所述低功耗救援模式或所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端侦听到所述第二信号之后，向所述第二终端回复第一响应信号；所述第二终端在所述第一响应信号的指示下接入信道后，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；
    所述第二信号为用于请求与所述第一终端建立第一网络链路的第二请求信号；
    或，第二终端发送第二信号，处于所述低功耗救援模式或所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端侦听到所述第二信号之后，在所述第二信号指示的信道向所述第二终端发送接入请求；所述第二终端响应所述接入请求后，所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；
    所述第二信号为所述第二终端发送的同步信号；
    或，处于所述强力求救模式下的所述第一终端发送所述第一信号，处于所述低功耗救援模式或所述强力求救模式下的所述第二终端侦听到所述第一信号后，向所述第一终端回复第二响应信号，所述第一终端在所述第二响应信号的指示下接入信道，所述第一终端与所述第二终端建立所述第一网络链路；
    所述第一信号为所述第一终端发送的用于请求与所述第二终端建立第一网络链路的第一请求信号。
  15. 一种工作模式的选择方法，应用于电子设备，其特征在于，包括：
    响应于用户指令，显示第一用户界面，所述第一用户界面中包含第一控件、第二控件、第三控件以及第四控件；
    所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第一控件的第一操作指令，进入强力求救模式；或，所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第二控件的第二操作指令，进入低功耗求救模式；或，所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第三控件的第三操作指令，进入强力救援模式；或，所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第四控件的第四操作指令，进入基础救援模式；在相同工作时长下，所述电子设备在所述基础救援模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力救援模式下工作的功耗，所述电子设备在所述低功耗求救模式下工作的功耗小于在所述强力求救模式下工作的功耗。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一用户界面还包括第五控件，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备，响应于所述用户对所述第五控件的第五操作指令，根据所述电子设备当前的电量，和/或用户当前的生命体征信息，自动进入所述低功耗求救模式或者所述强力求救模式。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一用户界面还包括第六控件，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备响应于用户对所述第六控件的第六操作指令，显示第二用户界面，所述第二用户界面包含至少一个文本框和第七控件，所述至少一个文本框用于显示用户的个人信息；
    所述电子设备相应于用于对所述第七控件的第七操作指令，使所述电子设备保存所至少一个文本框显示的用户的个人信息。
  18. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器和显示屏；
    所述存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法或如权利要求7-11中任一项所述的方法。
  19. 一种芯片系统，其特征在于，所述芯片系统应用于电子设备，所述芯片系统包括一个或多个处理器，所述处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法或如权利要求7-11中任一项所述的方法。
  20. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当所述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法或如权利要求7-11 中任一项所述的方法。
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，其特征在于，当所述指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法或如权利要求7-11中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/089700 2022-05-25 2023-04-21 通信方法、通信系统及电子设备 WO2023226645A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP23810719.7A EP4387292A1 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-04-21 Communication method, communication system, and electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210576424.7 2022-05-25
CN202210576424.7A CN117177223A (zh) 2022-05-25 2022-05-25 通信方法、通信系统及电子设备

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023226645A1 true WO2023226645A1 (zh) 2023-11-30
WO2023226645A9 WO2023226645A9 (zh) 2024-02-01

Family

ID=88918387

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/089700 WO2023226645A1 (zh) 2022-05-25 2023-04-21 通信方法、通信系统及电子设备

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4387292A1 (zh)
CN (1) CN117177223A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023226645A1 (zh)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101790145A (zh) * 2009-01-23 2010-07-28 国际商业机器公司 通信方法和设备
WO2016177192A1 (zh) * 2015-09-29 2016-11-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种求救设备、救援设备及方法及计算机可读存储介质
CN108419219A (zh) * 2018-04-03 2018-08-17 中国矿业大学 应用d2d通信的应急灾害救援通信系统
CN112181054A (zh) * 2020-09-28 2021-01-05 广东小天才科技有限公司 一种地震求救方法及电子设备、计算机可读存储介质
CN113507703A (zh) * 2021-07-05 2021-10-15 中国人民解放军国防科技大学 一种用于野外救援的LoRa多跳通信方法及系统

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101790145A (zh) * 2009-01-23 2010-07-28 国际商业机器公司 通信方法和设备
WO2016177192A1 (zh) * 2015-09-29 2016-11-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种求救设备、救援设备及方法及计算机可读存储介质
CN108419219A (zh) * 2018-04-03 2018-08-17 中国矿业大学 应用d2d通信的应急灾害救援通信系统
CN112181054A (zh) * 2020-09-28 2021-01-05 广东小天才科技有限公司 一种地震求救方法及电子设备、计算机可读存储介质
CN113507703A (zh) * 2021-07-05 2021-10-15 中国人民解放军国防科技大学 一种用于野外救援的LoRa多跳通信方法及系统

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117177223A (zh) 2023-12-05
WO2023226645A9 (zh) 2024-02-01
EP4387292A1 (en) 2024-06-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021008534A1 (zh) 一种语音唤醒的方法和电子设备
WO2020244623A1 (zh) 一种空鼠模式实现方法及相关设备
CN111369988A (zh) 一种语音唤醒方法及电子设备
EP4110004A1 (en) Wi-fi aware link establishment method and system, electronic device, and storage medium
CN112533269B (zh) 一种数据收发方法、电子设备与计算机可读存储介质
WO2021023046A1 (zh) 一种电子设备控制方法及一种电子设备
WO2021043219A1 (zh) 一种蓝牙回连方法及相关装置
WO2021043198A1 (zh) 一种蓝牙配对方法及相关装置
WO2021017909A1 (zh) 一种通过nfc标签实现功能的方法、电子设备及系统
CN110784830A (zh) 数据处理方法、蓝牙模块、电子设备与可读存储介质
WO2021013196A1 (zh) 一种同时响应的方法及设备
US20230370920A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and storage medium
EP4250075A1 (en) Content sharing method, electronic device, and storage medium
CN111835907A (zh) 一种跨电子设备转接服务的方法、设备以及系统
WO2022068670A1 (zh) 设备间触碰建立无线连接的方法、电子设备及芯片
WO2020155013A1 (zh) 一种紧急呼叫方法及用户终端
EP4195836A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining minimum slot offset value
WO2022199613A1 (zh) 同步播放方法及装置
CN113596942B (zh) 通信管理方法、用户设备、系统及存储介质
EP4024916A1 (en) Bluetooth communication method, and related device
CN114554012A (zh) 来电接听方法、电子设备及存储介质
WO2022152167A1 (zh) 一种网络选择方法及设备
WO2023226645A1 (zh) 通信方法、通信系统及电子设备
CN114375027A (zh) 降低功耗的方法和装置
CN116820222A (zh) 防误触的方法和装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23810719

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023810719

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240311